PIC16C745/765 8-Bit CMOS Microcontrollers with USB Devices included in this data sheet: • PIC16C765 28-Pin DIP, SOIC Microcontroller Core Features: • High-performance RISC CPU • Only 35 single word instructions Memory Program x14 Data x8 Pins A/D Resolution A/D Channels PIC16C745 8K 256 28 8 5 PIC16C765 8K 256 40 8 8 Device • All single cycle instructions except for program branches which are two cycle • Interrupt capability (up to 12 internal/external interrupt sources) • Eight level deep hardware stack • Direct, indirect and relative addressing modes • Power-on Reset (POR) • Power-up Timer (PWRT) and Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) • Watchdog Timer (WDT) with its own on-chip RC oscillator for reliable operation • Brown-out detection circuitry for Brown-out Reset (BOR) • Programmable code-protection • Power saving SLEEP mode • Selectable oscillator options - EC - External clock (24 MHz) - E4 - External clock with PLL (6 MHz) - HS - Crystal/Resonator (24 MHz) - H4 - Crystal/Resonator with PLL (6 MHz) • Processor clock of 24MHz derived from 6 MHz crystal or resonator • Fully static low-power, high-speed CMOS • In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP) • Operating voltage range - 4.35 to 5.25V • High Sink/Source Current 25/25 mA • Wide temperature range - Industrial (-40°C - 85°C) • Low-power consumption: - < TBD @ 5V, 6 MHz - < TBD typical standby current 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. MCLR/VPP RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2 RA3/AN3/VREF RA4/T0CKI RA5/AN4 Vss OSC1/CLKIN OSC2/CLKOUT RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 RC2/CCP1 VUSB •1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 PIC16C745 • PIC16C745 Pin Diagrams 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0/INT VDD Vss RC7/RX/DT RC6/TX/CK D+ D- Peripheral Features: • Universal Serial Bus (USB 1.1) • 64 bytes of USB dual port RAM • 22 (PIC16C745) or 33 (PIC16C765) I/O pins - Individual direction control - 1 high voltage open drain (RA4) - 8 PORTB pins with: - Interrupt on change control (RB<7:4> only) - Weak pull up control - 3 pins dedicated to USB • Timer0: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit prescaler • Timer1: 16-bit timer/counter with prescaler can be incremented during sleep via external crystal/clock • Timer2: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register, prescaler and postscaler • 2 Capture, Compare and PWM modules - Capture is 16 bit, max. resolution is 10.4 ns - Compare is 16 bit, max. resolution is 167 ns - PWM maximum resolution is 10 bit • 8-bit multi-channel Analog-to-Digital converter • Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART/SCI) • Parallel Slave Port (PSP) 8-bits wide, with external RD, WR and CS controls (PIC16C765 only) Advanced Information DS41124A-page 1 RC6/TX/CK D+ DRD3/PSP3 RD2/PSP2 RD1/PSP1 RD0/PSP0 VUSB RC2/CCP1 RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 NC 44-Pin TQFP PIC16C765 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0/INT VDD VSS RD7/PSP7 RD6/PSP6 RD5/PSP5 RD4/PSP4 RC7/RX/DT 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 PIC16C765 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 NC RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI OSC2/CLKOUT OSC1/CLKIN VSS VDD RE2/CS/AN7 RE1/WR/AN6 RE0/RD/AN5 RA5/AN4 RA4/T0CKI NC NC RB4 RB5 RB6 RB7 MCLR/VPP RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2 RA3/AN3/VREF RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 RC2/CCP1 VUSB RD0/PSP0 RD1/PSP1 RD2/PSP2 RD3/PSP3 DD+ RC6/TX/CK NC RC7/RX/DT RD4/PSP4 RD5/PSP5 RD6/PSP6 RD7/PSP7 VSS VDD RB0/INT RB1 RB2 RB3 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 RA4/T0CKI RA5/AN4 RE0/RD/AN5 RE1/WR/AN6 RE2/CS/AN7 VDD VSS OSC1/CLKIN OSC2/CLKOUT RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI NC 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 6 5 4 3 2 1 44 43 42 41 40 44-Pin PLCC RA3/AN3/VREF RA2/AN2 RA1/AN1 RA0/AN0 MCLR/VPP NC RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 NC PIC16C745/765 MCLR/VPP RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2 RA3/AN3/VREF RA4/T0CKI RA5/AN4 RE0/RD/AN5 RE1/WR/AN6 RE2/CS/AN7 VDD VSS OSC1/CLKIN OSC2/CLKOUT RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 RC2/CCP1 VUSB RD0/PSP0 RD1/PSP1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 PIC16C765 40-Pin PDIP 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0/INT VDD VSS RD7/PSP7 RD6/PSP6 RD5/PSP5 RD4/PSP4 RC7/RX/DT RC6/TX/CK D+ DRD3/PSP3 RD2/PSP2 Key Features PICmicroTM Mid-Range Reference Manual (DS33023) PIC16C745 PIC16C765 Operating Frequency 6 MHz or 24 MHz 6 MHz or 24 MHz Resets (and Delays) POR, BOR (PWRT, OST) POR, BOR (PWRT, OST) Program Memory (14-bit words) 8K 8K Data Memory (bytes) 256 256 Dual Port Ram 64 64 Interrupt Sources 11 12 I/O Ports 22 (Ports A, B, C) 33 (Ports A, B, C, D, E) Timers 3 3 Capture/Compare/PWM modules 2 2 Analog-to-Digital Converter Module 5 channel x 8 bit 8 channel x 8 bit Parallel Slave Port — Yes Serial Communication USB, USART/SCI USB, USART/SCI Brown Out Detect Reset Yes Yes DS41124A-page 2 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 Table of Contents 1.0 General Description .............................................................................................................................................. 5 2.0 PIC16C745/765 Device Varieties ......................................................................................................................... 7 3.0 Architectural Overview .......................................................................................................................................... 9 4.0 Memory Organization.......................................................................................................................................... 15 5.0 I/O Ports.............................................................................................................................................................. 31 6.0 Timer0 Module .................................................................................................................................................... 43 7.0 Timer1 Module .................................................................................................................................................... 45 8.0 Timer2 Module .................................................................................................................................................... 49 9.0 Capture/Compare/PWM Modules ....................................................................................................................... 51 10.0 Universal Serial Bus............................................................................................................................................ 57 11.0 Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART) ............................................................. 75 12.0 Analog-to-Digital Converter (A/D) Module .......................................................................................................... 89 13.0 Special Features of the CPU .............................................................................................................................. 95 14.0 Instruction Set Summary................................................................................................................................... 109 15.0 Development Support ....................................................................................................................................... 117 16.0 Electrical Characteristics................................................................................................................................... 123 17.0 DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Tables ............................................................................................... 141 18.0 Packaging Information ...................................................................................................................................... 143 Index .......................................................................................................................................................................... 151 On-Line Support.......................................................................................................................................................... 155 Reader Response ....................................................................................................................................................... 156 Product Identification System ..................................................................................................................................... 157 To Our Valued Customers Most Current Data Sheet To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at: http://www.microchip.com You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page. The last character of the literature number is the version number. e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000. New Customer Notification System Register on our web site (www.microchip.com/cn) to receive the most current information on our products. Errata An errata sheet may exist for current devices, describing minor operational differences (from the data sheet) and recommended workarounds. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision of silicon and revision of document to which it applies. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following: • Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com • Your local Microchip sales office (see last page) • The Microchip Corporate Literature Center; U.S. FAX: (480) 786-7277 When contacting a sales office or the literature center, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are using. Corrections to this Data Sheet We constantly strive to improve the quality of all our products and documentation. We have spent a great deal of time to ensure that this document is correct. However, we realize that we may have missed a few things. If you find any information that is missing or appears in error, please: • Fill out and mail in the reader response form in the back of this data sheet. • E-mail us at [email protected]. We appreciate your assistance in making this a better document. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 3 PIC16C745/765 NOTES: DS41124A-page 4 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 1.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The PIC16C745/765 devices are low-cost, high-performance, CMOS, fully-static, 8-bit microcontrollers in the PIC16CXX mid-range family. All PICmicro® microcontrollers employ an advanced RISC architecture. The PIC16CXX microcontroller family has enhanced core features, eight-level deep stack and multiple internal and external interrupt sources. The separate instruction and data buses of the Harvard architecture allow a 14-bit wide instruction word with the separate 8-bit wide data. The two stage instruction pipeline allows all instructions to execute in a single cycle, except for program branches, which require two cycles. A total of 35 instructions (reduced instruction set) are available. Additionally, a large register set gives some of the architectural innovations used to achieve a very high performance. The PIC16C745 device has 22 I/O pins. The PIC16C765 device has 33 I/O pins. Each device has 256 bytes of RAM. In addition, several peripheral features are available including: three timer/counters, two Capture/Compare/PWM modules and two serial ports. The Universal Serial Bus (USB 1.1) peripheral provides bus communications. The Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART) is also known as the Serial Communications Interface or SCI. Also, a 5-channel high-speed 8-bit A/D is provided on the PIC16C745, while the PIC16C765 offers 8 channels. The 8-bit resolution is ideally suited for applications requiring a low-cost analog interface, (e.g., thermostat control, pressure sensing, etc). The PIC16C745/765 devices have special features to reduce external components, thus reducing cost, enhancing system reliability and reducing power consumption. There are 4 oscillator options, of which EC is for the external regulated clock source, E4 is for the external regulated clock source with PLL, HS is for the high speed crystals/resonators and H4 is for high speed crystals/resontators with PLL. The SLEEP (power-down) feature provides a power-saving mode. The user can wake up the chip from SLEEP through several external and internal interrupts and resets. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. A highly reliable Watchdog Timer (WDT), with a dedicated on-chip RC oscillator, provides protection against software lock-up, and also provides one way of waking the device from SLEEP. A UV erasable CERDIP packaged version is ideal for code development, while the cost-effective One-TimeProgrammable (OTP) version is suitable for production in any volume. The PIC16C745/765 devices fit nicely in many applications ranging from security and remote sensors to appliance controls and automotives. The EPROM technology makes customization of application programs (data loggers, industrial controls, UPS) extremely fast and convenient. The small footprint packages make this microcontroller series perfect for all applications with space limitations. Low cost, low power, high performance, ease of use and I/O flexibility make the PIC16C745/765 devices very versatile, even in areas where no microcontroller use has been considered before (e.g., timer functions, serial communication, capture and compare, PWM functions and coprocessor applications). 1.1 Family and Upward Compatibility Users familiar with the PIC16C5X microcontroller family will realize that this is an enhanced version of the PIC16C5X architecture. Code written for the PIC16C5X can be easily ported to the PIC16CXX family of devices. 1.2 Development Support PICmicro® devices are supported by the complete line of Microchip Development tools. Please refer to Section 15.0 for more details about Microchip’s development tools. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 5 PIC16C745/765 NOTES: DS41124A-page 6 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 2.0 PIC16C745/765 DEVICE VARIETIES 2.3 A variety of frequency ranges and packaging options are available. Depending on application and production requirements, the proper device option can be selected using the information in the PIC16C745/765 Product Identification System section at the end of this data sheet. When placing orders, please use that page of the data sheet to specify the correct part number. 2.1 UV Erasable Devices The UV erasable version, offered in windowed CERDIP packages (600 mil), is optimal for prototype development and pilot programs. This version can be erased and reprogrammed to any of the supported oscillator modes. MATE II Plus and PRO Microchip’s PICSTART programmers both support programming of the PIC16C745/765. 2.2 One-Time-Programmable (OTP) Devices Quick-Turnaround-Production (QTP) Devices Microchip offers a QTP Programming Service for factory production orders. This service is made available for users who choose not to program a medium to high quantity of units and whose code patterns have stabilized. The devices are identical to the OTP devices but with all EPROM locations and configuration options already programmed by the factory. Certain code and prototype verification procedures apply before production shipments are available. Please contact your local Microchip Technology sales office for more details. 2.4 Serialized Quick-Turnaround Production (SQTPSM) Devices Microchip offers a unique programming service where a few user-defined locations in each device are programmed with different serial numbers. The serial numbers may be random, pseudo-random or sequential. Serial programming allows each device to have a unique number, which can serve as an entry-code, password or ID number. The availability of OTP devices is especially useful for customers who need the flexibility for frequent code updates and small volume applications. The OTP devices, packaged in plastic packages, permit the user to program them once. In addition to the program memory, the configuration bits must also be programmed. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 7 PIC16C745/765 NOTES: DS41124A-page 8 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 3.0 ARCHITECTURAL OVERVIEW The high performance of the PIC16CXX family can be attributed to a number of architectural features commonly found in RISC microprocessors. To begin with, the PIC16CXX uses a Harvard architecture, in which program and data are accessed from separate memories using separate buses. This improves bandwidth over traditional von Neumann architecture in which program and data are fetched from the same memory using the same bus. Separating program and data buses further allows instructions to be sized differently than the 8-bit wide data word. Instruction opcodes are 14-bits wide making it possible to have all single word instructions. A 14-bit wide program memory access bus fetches a 14-bit instruction in a single cycle. A twostage pipeline overlaps fetch and execution of instructions (Example 3-1). Consequently, most instructions execute in a single cycle (166.6667 ns @ 24 MHz) except for program branches. Memory Program x14 Data x8 Pins A/D Resolution A/D Channels PIC16C745 8K 256 28 8 5 PIC16C765 8K 256 40 8 8 Device PIC16CXX devices contain an 8-bit ALU and working register. The ALU is a general purpose arithmetic unit. It performs arithmetic and Boolean functions between the data in the working register and any register file. The ALU is 8-bits wide and capable of addition, subtraction, shift and logical operations. Unless otherwise mentioned, arithmetic operations are two's complement in nature. In two-operand instructions, typically one operand is the working register (W register). The other operand is a file register or an immediate constant. In single operand instructions, the operand is either the W register or a file register. The W register is an 8-bit working register used for ALU operations. It is not an addressable register. Depending on the instruction executed, the ALU may affect the values of the Carry (C), Digit Carry (DC), and Zero (Z) bits in the STATUS register. The C and DC bits operate as a borrow bit and a digit borrow out bit, respectively, in subtraction. See the SUBLW and SUBWF instructions for examples. The PIC16CXX can directly or indirectly address its register files or data memory. All special function registers, including the program counter, are mapped in the data memory. The PIC16CXX has an orthogonal (symmetrical) instruction set that makes it possible to carry out any operation on any register using any addressing mode. This symmetrical nature and lack of ‘special optimal situations’ make programming with the PIC16CXX simple yet efficient. In addition, the learning curve is reduced significantly. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 9 PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 3-1: PIC16C745/765 BLOCK DIAGRAM 13 Program Memory Program Bus 14 PORTA RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2 RA3/AN3/VREF RA4/T0CKI RA5/AN4 RAM File Registers 256 x 8 8 Level Stack (13 bit) 8K x 14 8 Data Bus Program Counter EPROM RAM Addr(1) PORTB 9 Addr MUX Instruction reg Direct Addr 7 8 RB0/INT Indirect Addr RB<7:1> FSR reg STATUS reg 8 PORTC 3 Power-up Timer Instruction Decode & Control OSC1/ CLKIN OSC2/ CLKOUT Timing Generation x4 PLL Oscillator Start-up Timer Power-on Reset Watchdog Timer Brown-out Reset RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 RC2/CCP1 RC6/TX/CK RC7/RX/DT MUX ALU 8 PORTD W reg RD3:0/PSP3:0(2) RD4/PSP4(2) RD5/PSP5(2) RD6/PSP6(2) RD7/PSP7(2) Parallel Slave Port(2) MCLR Timer0 Timer1 CCP2 CCP1 VDD, VSS Timer2 USART PORTE RE0/AN5/RD(2) RE1/AN6/WR(2) RE2/AN7/CS(2) 8-bit A/D Dual Port RAM 64 x 8 USB XCVR VUSB DD+ Note 1: Higher order bits are from the STATUS register. 2: Not available on PIC16C745. DS41124A-page 10 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 TABLE 3-1: PIC16C745/765 PINOUT DESCRIPTION Name MCLR/VPP OSC1/CLKIN OSC2/CLKOUT RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2 RA3/AN3/VREF RA4/T0CKI Function Input Type Output Type MCLR ST — Master Clear VPP Power — Programming Voltage Crystal/Resonator OSC1 Xtal — CLKIN ST — OSC2 — Xtal CLKOUT — CMOS Internal Clock (FINT/4) Output RA0 ST CMOS Bi-directional I/O AN0 AN — RA1 ST CMOS AN1 AN — RA2 ST CMOS AN2 AN — RA3 ST CMOS AN3 AN — VREF AN — A/D Positive Reference RA4 ST OD Bi-directional I/O T0CKI ST — Timer 0 Clock Input A/D Input Bi-directional I/O A/D Input Bi-directional I/O A/D Input ST AN — RB0 TTL CMOS INT ST — RB1 RB1 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O RB2 RB2 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O RB3 RB3 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O RB4 RB4 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O with Interrupt on Change RB5 RB5 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O with Interrupt on Change RB6 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O with Interrupt on Change RB6/ICSPC RB7/ICSPD RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC!/T1OSI/CCP2 Bi-directional I/O RC2/CCP1/VUSB A/D Input Bi-directional I/O Interrupt ICSPC ST RB7 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O with Interrupt on Change In-Circuit Serial Programming Clock input ICSPD ST CMOS In-Circuit Serial Programming Data I/O RC0 ST CMOS Bi-directional I/O T1OSO — Xtal T1CKI ST — RC1 ST CMOS T1OSI Xtal — CCP2 2: A/D Input Bi-directional I/O AN4 RB0/INT Note 1: External Clock Input/ER resistor connection. Crystal/Resonator RA5 RA5/AN4 Legend: Description RC2 VUSB D- D- T1 Clock Input Bi-directional I/O T1 Oscillator Input Capture In/Compare Out/PWM Out 2 ST CMOS CCP1 VUSB T1 Oscillator Output Bi-directional I/O Capture In/Compare Out/PWM Out 1 Power 3.3V for pull up resistor USB USB USB Differential Bus D+ D+ USB OD = open drain, ST = Schmitt Trigger USB USB Differential Bus Weak pull-ups. PORT B pull-ups are byte wide programmable. PIC16C765 only. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 11 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 3-1: PIC16C745/765 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) Name RC6/TX/CK RC6 ST CMOS Bi-directional I/O TX — CMOS USART Async Transmit Description ST CMOS USART Master Out/Slave In Clock ST CMOS Bi-directional I/O RX ST — DT ST CMOS USART Data I/O RD0 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O(2) PSP0 TTL — RD1 TTL CMOS PSP1 TTL — RD2 TTL CMOS PSP2 TTL — RD3 TTL CMOS PSP3 TTL — RD4 TTL CMOS PSP4 TTL — RD5 TTL CMOS PSP5 TTL — RD6 TTL CMOS PSP6 TTL — RD7 TTL CMOS PSP7 TTL — RE0 ST CMOS RD TTL — Parallel Slave Port control input(2) AN5 AN — A/D Input(2) RE1 ST CMOS WR TTL — Parallel Slave Port control input(2) AN6 AN — A/D Input(2) RE2 ST CMOS CS TTL — Parallel Slave Port data input(2) AN7 AN — A/D Input(2) VDD VDD Power — Power VSS VSS Power — Ground AVDD AVDD Power — Analog Power AVSS Power AVSS OD = open drain, ST = Schmitt Trigger — Analog Ground RD1/PSP1 RD2/PSP2 RD3/PSP3 RD4/PSP4 RD5/PSP5 RD6/PSP6 RD7/PSP7 RE0/RD/AN5 RE1/WR/AN6 RE2/CS/AN7 2: Output Type CK RD0/PSP0 Note 1: Input Type RC7 RC7/RX/DT Legend: Function USART Async Receive Parallel Slave Port data input(2) Bi-directional I/O(2) Parallel Slave Port data input(2) Bi-directional I/O(2) Parallel Slave Port data input(2) Bi-directional I/O(2) Parallel Slave Port data input(2) Bi-directional I/O(2) Parallel Slave Port data input(2) Bi-directional I/O(2) Parallel Slave Port data input(2) Bi-directional I/O(2) Parallel Slave Port data input(2) Bi-directional I/O(2) Parallel Slave Port data input(2) Bi-directional I/O(2) Bi-directional I/O(2) Bi-directional I/O(2) Weak pull-ups. PORT B pull-ups are byte wide programmable. PIC16C765 only. DS41124A-page 12 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 3.1 Clocking Scheme/Instruction Cycle 3.2 The clock input feeds an on-chip PLL. The clock output from the PLL (FINT) is internally divided by four to generate four non-overlapping quadrature clocks namely, Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4. Internally, the program counter (PC) is incremented every Q1, the instruction is fetched from the program memory and latched into the instruction register in Q4. The instruction is decoded and executed during the following Q1 through Q4. The clocks and instruction execution flow is shown in Figure 3-2. Instruction Flow/Pipelining An “Instruction Cycle” consists of four Q cycles (Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4). The instruction fetch and execute are pipelined such that fetch takes one instruction cycle, while decode and execute takes another instruction cycle. However, due to the pipelining, each instruction effectively executes in one cycle. If an instruction causes the program counter to change (e.g., GOTO), then two cycles are required to complete the instruction (Example 3-1). A fetch cycle begins with the program counter (PC) incrementing in Q1. In the execution cycle, the fetched instruction is latched into the “Instruction Register" (IR) in cycle Q1. This instruction is then decoded and executed during the Q2, Q3 and Q4 cycles. Data memory is read during Q2 (operand read) and written during Q4 (destination write). FIGURE 3-2: CLOCK/INSTRUCTION CYCLE Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 FINT Q1 Internal phase clock Q2 Q3 Q4 PC OSC2/CLKOUT (EC mode) EXAMPLE 3-1: PC PC+1 Fetch INST (PC) Execute INST (PC-1) PC+2 Fetch INST (PC+1) Execute INST (PC) Fetch INST (PC+2) Execute INST (PC+1) INSTRUCTION PIPELINE FLOW 1. MOVLW 55h TCY0 TCY1 Fetch 1 Execute 1 2. MOVWF PORTB 3. CALL SUB_1 4. BSF PORTA, BIT3 (Forced NOP) Fetch 2 TCY2 TCY3 TCY5 Execute 2 Fetch 3 Execute 3 Fetch 4 Flush Fetch SUB_1 Execute SUB_1 5. Instruction @ address SUB_1 Note: TCY4 All instructions are single cycle, except for any program branches. These take two cycles, since the fetch instruction is “flushed” from the pipeline, while the new instruction is being fetched and then executed. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 13 PIC16C745/765 NOTES: DS41124A-page 14 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 4.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION 4.2 4.1 Program Memory Organization The data memory is partitioned into multiple banks which contain the General Purpose Registers (GPR) and the Special Function Registers (SFR). Bits RP1 and RP0 are the bank select bits. The PIC16C745/765 has a 13-bit program counter capable of addressing an 8K x 14 program memory space. All devices covered by this datasheet have 8K x 14 bits of program memory. The address range is 0000h - 1FFFh for all devices. The reset vector is at 0000h and the interrupt vector is at 0004h. FIGURE 4-1: PIC16C745/765 PROGRAM MEMORY MAP AND STACK PC<12:0> CALL, RETURN RETFIE, RETLW Data Memory Organization RP<1:0> (STATUS<6:5>) = 00 → Bank0 = 01 → Bank1 = 10 → Bank2 = 11 → Bank3 Each bank extends up to 7Fh (128 bytes). The lower locations of each bank are reserved for the SFRs. Above the SFRs are GPRs, implemented as static RAM. All implemented banks contain SFRs. Some “high use” SFRs from one bank may be mirrored in another bank for code reduction and quicker access. 13 Stack Level 1 4.2.1 GENERAL PURPOSE REGISTER FILE Stack Level 2 The register file can be accessed either directly or indirectly through the File Select Register (FSR) (Section 4.5). Stack Level 8 Reset Vector 0000h Interrupt Vector 0004h 0005h Page 0 07FFh 0800h On-chip Program Memory Page 1 0FFFh 1000h Page 2 17FFh 1800h Page 3 1FFFh 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 15 PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 4-2: Bank 0 DATA MEMORY MAP FOR PIC16C745/765 File Address Bank 1 File Address Bank 2 File Address Bank 3 File Address Indirect addr.(*) 00h Indirect addr.(*) 80h Indirect addr.(*) 100h Indirect addr.(*) 180h TMR0 01h OPTION_REG 81h TMR0 101h OPTION_REG 181h PCL 02h PCL 82h PCL 102h PCL 182h STATUS 03h STATUS 83h STATUS 103h STATUS 183h FSR 04h FSR 84h FSR 104h FSR PORTA 05h TRISA 85h PORTB 06h TRISB 86h PORTC 07h TRISC 87h 107h 187h 88h 108h 188h (2) PORTD 08h TRISD (2) 184h 105h PORTB 106h 185h TRISB 186h PORTE(2) 09h TRISE(2) 89h PCLATH 0Ah PCLATH 8Ah PCLATH 109h 10Ah PCLATH 189h 18Ah INTCON 0Bh INTCON 8Bh INTCON 10Bh INTCON 18Bh PIR1 0Ch PIE1 8Ch 10Ch 18Ch PIR2 0Dh PIE2 8Dh 10Dh 18Dh TMR1L 0Eh PCON 8Eh 10Eh 18Eh TMR1H 0Fh 8Fh 10Fh T1CON 10h 90h 110h 18Fh UIR 190h 191h 91h 111h UIE 92h 112h UEIR 192h 13h 93h 113h UEIE 193h TMR2 11h T2CON 12h PR2 14h 94h 114h USTAT 194h CCPR1L 15h 95h 115h UCTRL 195h CCPR1H 16h 96h 116h UADDR CCP1CON 17h 97h 117h USWSTAT 197h RCSTA 18h TXSTA 98h 118h UEP0 198h TXREG 19h SPBRG 99h 119h UEP1 199h RCREG 1Ah 9Ah 11Ah UEP2 CCPR2L 1Bh 9Bh 11Bh 19Bh(1) CCPR2H 1Ch 9Ch 11Ch 19Ch(1) CCP2CON 1Dh 9Dh 11Dh 19Dh(1) ADRESH 1Eh 9Eh 11Eh 19Eh(1) ADCON0 1Fh ADCON1 9Fh 11Fh 19Fh(1) General Purpose Register 96 Bytes 20h General Purpose Register 80 Bytes A0h General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 120h 196h (1) USB Dual Port Memory 64 Bytes 19Ah 1A0h 1DFh 1E0h EFh 7Fh accesses 70h-7Fh F0h FFh 16Fh accesses 70h-7Fh 170h 17Fh 1EFh accesses 70h-7Fh 1F0h 1FFh Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’. *Not a physical register. Note 1: Reserved registers may contain USB state information. 2: Parallel slave ports (PORTD and PORTE) not implemented on PIC16C745; always maintain these bits clear. DS41124A-page 16 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 4.2.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS The Special Function Registers are registers used by the CPU and Peripheral Modules for controlling the desired operation of the device. These registers are implemented as static RAM. TABLE 4-1: Address The Special Function Registers can be classified into two sets (core and peripheral). Those registers associated with the “core” functions are described in this section, and those related to the operation of the peripheral features are described in the section of that peripheral feature. SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets (2) Bank 0 00h INDF(3) Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) 0000 0000 0000 0000 01h TMR0 Timer0 module’s register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 02h PCL(3) Program Counter's (PC) Least Significant Byte 0000 0000 0000 0000 03h STATUS 04h FSR(3) 05h PORTA 06h PORTB (3) IRP(2) RP1(2) RP0 TO PD Z DC C 0001 1xxx 000q quuu Indirect data memory address pointer — — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu PORTA Data Latch when written: PORTA pins when read --0x 0000 --0u 0000 PORTB Data Latch when written: PORTB pins when read RC7 07h PORTC 08h PORTD(4) 09h PORTE (4) 0Ah PCLATH(1,3) 0Bh INTCON 0Ch PIR1 (3) RC6 — — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu RC2 — RC1 RC0 xx-- -xxx uu-- -uuu PORTD Data Latch when written: PORTD pins when read — — — — — — — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu — RE2 RE1 RE0 ---- -xxx ---- -uuu Write Buffer for the upper 5 bits of the Program Counter ---0 0000 ---0 0000 GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u PSPIF(4) ADIF RCIF TXIF USBIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 — — — – — — — CCP2IF ---- ---0 ---- ---0 0Dh PIR2 0Eh TMR1L Holding register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 register 0Fh TMR1H Holding register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 register 10h T1CON 11h TMR2 12h T2CON — — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -000 0000 Timer2 module’s register — TOUTPS3 --00 0000 --uu uuuu 0000 0000 0000 0000 13h — Unimplemented — — 14h — Unimplemented — — 15h CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (LSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 16h CCPR1H Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (MSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 17h CCP1CON 18h RCSTA — — DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 SPEN RX9 SREN CREN — FERR OERR RX9D 0000 -00x 0000 -00x 19h TXREG USART Transmit Data Register 0000 0000 0000 0000 1Ah RCREG USART Receive Data Register 0000 0000 0000 0000 1Bh CCPR2L Capture/Compare/PWM Register2 (LSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 1Ch CCPR2H Capture/Compare/PWM Register2 (MSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 1Dh CCP2CON 1Eh ADRES 1Fh ADCON0 — — DC2B1 DC2B1 CCP2M3 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 A/D Result Register ADCS1 ADCS0 --00 0000 --00 0000 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE — ADON 0000 00-0 0000 00-0 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented read as ’0’. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Note 1: The upper byte of the program counter is not directly accessible. PCLATH is a holding register for the PC<12:8> whose contents are transferred to the upper byte of the program counter. 2: Other (non power-up) resets include external reset through MCLR and Watchdog Timer Reset. 3: These registers can be addressed from either bank. 4: The Parallel Slave Port (PORTD and PORTE) is not implemented on the PIC16C745, always maintain these bits clear. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 17 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 4-1: Address SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED) Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets (2) Bank 1 80h INDF(3) Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) 81h OPTION 82h PCL(3) RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 0000 0000 0000 0000 PS0 Program Counter’s (PC) Least Significant Byte 83h STATUS 84h FSR(3) 85h TRISA 86h TRISB (3) IRP RP1 RP0 0000 0000 0000 0000 TO PD Z DC C Indirect data memory address pointer — — 87h TRISC 88h TRISD(4) 89h TRISE (4) 8Ah PCLATH(1,3) (3) TRISC8 PORTA Data Direction Register — --11 1111 --11 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 — — TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 PORTD Data Direction Register IBF OBF IBOV — — — 0001 1xxx 000q quuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu PORTB Data Direction Register TRISC7 1111 1111 1111 1111 11-- -111 11-- -111 1111 1111 1111 1111 PSPMODE — PORTE Data Direction Bits 0000 -111 0000 -111 Write Buffer for the upper 5 bits of the Program Counter ---0 0000 ---0 0000 8Bh INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(4) ADIE RCIE TXIE USBIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 8Dh PIE2 — — — — — — — CCP2IE ---- ---0 ---- ---0 8Eh PCON — — — — — — POR BOR ---- --qq ---- --uu 8Fh — Unimplemented — — 90h — Unimplemented — — — — 91h 92h — PR2 Unimplemented Timer2 Period Register 1111 1111 1111 1111 93h — Unimplemented — — 94h — Unimplemented — — 95h — Unimplemented — — 96h — Unimplemented — — Unimplemented — — 97h — 98h TXSTA 99h SPBRG CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D Baud Rate Generator Register 0000 -010 0000 -010 0000 0000 0000 0000 9Ah — Unimplemented — — 9Bh — Unimplemented — — 9Ch — Unimplemented — — 9Dh — Unimplemented — — 9Eh — Unimplemented — — ---- -000 ---- -000 9Fh ADCON1 — — — — — PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented read as ’0’. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Note 1: The upper byte of the program counter is not directly accessible. PCLATH is a holding register for the PC<12:8> whose contents are transferred to the upper byte of the program counter. 2: Other (non power-up) resets include external reset through MCLR and Watchdog Timer Reset. 3: These registers can be addressed from either bank. 4: The Parallel Slave Port (PORTD and PORTE) is not implemented on the PIC16C745, always maintain these bits clear. DS41124A-page 18 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 TABLE 4-1: Address SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED) Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets (2) Bank 2 100h INDF(3) Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) 0000 0000 0000 0000 101h TMR0 Timer0 module’s register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 102h (3) Program Counter's (PC) Least Significant Byte 0000 0000 0000 0000 103h 104h PCL STATUS FSR (3) (3) IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z DC C 0001 1xxx 000q quuu Indirect data memory address pointer xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 105h — 106h PORTB Unimplemented 107h — Unimplemented — — 108h — Unimplemented — — 109h — — — PCLATH 10Bh INTCON(3) — — — — GIE PEIE T0IE Write Buffer for the upper 5 bits of the Program Counter INTE RBIE Unimplemented — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Unimplemented (1,3) 10Ah 10Ch11Fh — PORTB Data Latch when written: PORTB pins when read T0IF INTF ---0 0000 ---0 0000 RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u — — Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented read as ’0’. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Note 1: The upper byte of the program counter is not directly accessible. PCLATH is a holding register for the PC<12:8> whose contents are transferred to the upper byte of the program counter. 2: Other (non power-up) resets include external reset through MCLR and Watchdog Timer Reset. 3: These registers can be addressed from either bank. 4: The Parallel Slave Port (PORTD and PORTE) is not implemented on the PIC16C745, always maintain these bits clear. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 19 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 4-1: Address SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED) Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets (2) Bank 3 180h INDF(3) 181h OPTION_REG 182h 183h 184h PCL 186h (3) STATUS FSR 185h Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 0000 0000 0000 0000 PS0 Program Counter’s (PC) Least Significant Byte (3) (3) — TRISB IRP RP1 RP0 TO 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 0000 0000 0000 PD Z DC C Indirect data memory address pointer 0001 1xxx 000q quuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Unimplemented — PORTB Data Direction Register — 1111 1111 1111 1111 187h — Unimplemented — — 188h — Unimplemented — — 189h — Unimplemented — — 18Ah PCLATH(1,3) 18Bh INTCON(3) 18Ch18Fh — — — — GIE PEIE T0IE Write Buffer for the upper 5 bits of the Program Counter INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF Unimplemented ---0 0000 ---0 0000 0000 000x 0000 000u — — — STALL — — STALL 190h UIR 191h UIE 192h UEIR BTS_ERR OWN_ERR WRT_ERR 193h UEIE BTS_ERR OWN_ERR WRT_ERR 194h USTAT — 195h UCTRL — 196h UADDR — UIDLE TOK_DNE ACTIVITY UERR USB_RST --00 0000 --00 0000 UIDLE TOK_DNE ACTIVITY UERR USB_RST --00 0000 --00 0000 BTO_ERR DFN8 CRC16 CRC5 PID_ERR 0000 0000 0000 0000 PID_ERR 0000 0000 0000 0000 BTO_ERR DFN8 CRC16 CRC5 — ENDP1 ENDP0 IN — — SEO PKT_DIS DEV_ATT RESUME ADDR6 ADDR5 ADDR4 ADDR3 ADDR2 SWSTAT3 SWSTAT2 SWSTAT1 — — — ---x xx-- ---u uu-- SUSPND — --x0 000- --xq qqq- ADDR1 ADDR0 -000 0000 -000 0000 197h USWSTAT SWSTAT7 SWSTAT6 SWSTAT5 SWSTAT4 198h UEP0 — — — — EP_CTL_DIS EP_OUT_EN EP_IN_EN EP_STALL ---- 0000 ---- 0000 199h UEP1 — — — — EP_CTL_DIS EP_OUT_EN EP_IN_EN EP_STALL ---- 0000 ---- 0000 19Ah UEP2 — — — — EP_CTL_DIS EP_OUT_EN EP_IN_EN EP_STALL ---- 0000 ---- 0000 19Bh19Fh Reserved Reserved, do not use. SWSTAT0 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented read as ’0’. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Note 1: The upper byte of the program counter is not directly accessible. PCLATH is a holding register for the PC<12:8> whose contents are transferred to the upper byte of the program counter. 2: Other (non power-up) resets include external reset through MCLR and Watchdog Timer Reset. 3: These registers can be addressed from either bank. 4: The Parallel Slave Port (PORTD and PORTE) is not implemented on the PIC16C745, always maintain these bits clear. DS41124A-page 20 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 TABLE 4-2: Address Name USB DUAL PORT RAM Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 PID1 DTS PID0 BSTALL — — — — 1A0h BD0OST UOWN UOWN DATA0/1 DATA0/1 PID3 — PID2 — 1A1h BD0OBC — — — — 1A2h BD0OAL 1A3h — — UOWN UOWN DATA0/1 DATA0/1 PID3 — PID2 — 1A5h BD0IBC — — — — 1A6h BD0IAL PID3 — PID2 — 1A9h BD1OBC — — — — 1AAh BD1OAL PID3 — PID2 — 1ADh BD1IBC — — — — 1AEh BD1IAL — — — — Byte Count xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu PID1 DTS PID0 BSTALL — — — — Byte Count — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Buffer Address Low xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Reserved — 1B0h BD2OST UOWN UOWN DATA0/1 DATA0/1 PID3 — PID2 — 1B1h BD2OBC — — — — 1B2h BD2OAL PID1 DTS PID0 BSTALL — — — — Byte Count — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Buffer Address Low xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Reserved — 1B4h BD2IST UOWN UOWN DATA0/1 DATA0/1 PID3 — PID2 — 1B5h BD2IBC — — — — 1B6h BD2IAL 1B8h1DFh PID0 BSTALL — DATA0/1 DATA0/1 — PID1 DTS — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu UOWN UOWN 1B7h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Reserved BD1IST — Byte Count Buffer Address Low 1ACh 1B3h — — — DATA0/1 DATA0/1 — — — — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu UOWN UOWN 1AFh PID0 BSTALL Reserved BD1OST — PID1 DTS Buffer Address Low 1A8h 1ABh xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Reserved BD0IST — Value on all other resets (2) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Buffer Address Low 1A4h 1A7h Byte Count Value on: POR, BOR PID1 DTS PID0 BSTALL — — Byte Count Buffer Address Low — — — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Reserved — 40 byte USB Buffer — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented read as ’0’. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 21 PIC16C745/765 4.2.2.1 STATUS REGISTER The STATUS register, shown in Register 4-1, contains the arithmetic status of the ALU, the RESET status and the bank select bits for data memory. The STATUS register can be the destination for any instruction, as with any other register. If the STATUS register is the destination for an instruction that affects the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is disabled. These bits are set or cleared according to the device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not writable. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the STATUS register as destination may be different than intended. For example, CLRF STATUS will clear the upper-three bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register as 000u u1uu (where u = unchanged). It is recommended that only BCF, BSF, SWAPF and MOVWF instructions be used to alter the STATUS register. These instructions do not affect the Z, C or DC bits in the STATUS register. For other instructions which do not affect status bits, see the "Instruction Set Summary." Note 1: The C and DC bits operate as borrow and digit borrow bits, respectively, in subtraction. See the SUBLW and SUBWF instructions for examples. REGISTER 4-1: STATUS REGISTER (STATUS: 03h, 83h, 103h, 183h) R/W-0 IRP R/W-0 RP1 R/W-0 RP0 R-1 TO R-1 PD R/W-x Z R/W-x DC bit7 bit 7: R/W-x C(1) bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset IRP: Register Bank Select bit (used for indirect addressing) 1 = Bank 2, 3 (100h - 1FFh) 0 = Bank 0, 1 (00h - FFh) bit 6-5: RP<1:0>: Register Bank Select bits (used for direct addressing) 00 = Bank 0 (00h - 7Fh) 01 = Bank 1 (80h - FFh) 10 = Bank 2 (100h - 17Fh) 11 = Bank 3 (180h - 1FFh) bit 4: TO: Time-out bit 1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction, or SLEEP instruction 0 = A WDT time-out occurred bit 3: PD: Power-down bit 1 = After power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction 0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction bit 2: Z: Zero bit 1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero 0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero bit 1: DC: Digit carry/borrow bit (ADDWF, ADDLW,SUBLW,SUBWF instructions)(1) 1 = A carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result bit 0: C: Carry/borrow bit (ADDWF, ADDLW,SUBLW,SUBWF instructions)(1) 1 = A carry-out from the most significant bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the most significant bit of the result occurred Note 1: For borrow the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s complement of the second operand. For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is loaded with either the high or low order bit of the source register. DS41124A-page 22 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 4.2.2.2 OPTION REGISTER Note: The OPTION_REG register is a readable and writable register, which contains various control bits to configure the TMR0/WDT prescaler, the external INT Interrupt, TMR0 and the weak pull-ups on PORTB. REGISTER 4-2: To achieve a 1:1 prescaler assignment for the TMR0 register, assign the prescaler to the watchdog timer. OPTION REGISTER (OPTION_REG: 81h, 181h) R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 bit7 R/W-1 PS0 bit0 bit 7: RBPU: PORTB Pull-up Enable bit 1 = PORTB pull-ups are disabled 0 = PORTB pull-ups are enabled by individual port latch values bit 6: INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit 1 = Interrupt on rising edge of RB0/INT pin 0 = Interrupt on falling edge of RB0/INT pin bit 5: T0CS: TMR0 Clock Source Select bit 1 = Transition on RA4/T0CKI pin 0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (CLKOUT) bit 4: T0SE: TMR0 Source Edge Select bit 1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on RA4/T0CKI pin 0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on RA4/T0CKI pin bit 3: PSA: Prescaler Assignment bit 1 = Prescaler is assigned to the WDT 0 = Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset bit 2-0: PS<2:0>: Prescaler Rate Select bits Bit Value 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 TMR0 Rate 1:2 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 1 : 256 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. WDT Rate 1:1 1:2 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 Advanced Information DS41124A-page 23 PIC16C745/765 4.2.2.3 INTCON REGISTER Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>). User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. The INTCON register is a readable and writable register, which contains various enable and flag bits for the TMR0 register overflow, RB Port change and external RB0/INT pin interrupts. REGISTER 4-3: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER (INTCON: 10Bh, 18Bh) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF bit7 R/W-x RBIF bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset bit 7: GIE: Global Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables all un-masked interrupts 0 = Disables all interrupts bit 6: PEIE: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables all un-masked peripheral interrupts 0 = Disables all peripheral interrupts bit 5: T0IE: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the TMR0 interrupt 0 = Disables the TMR0 interrupt bit 4: INTE: RB0/INT External Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the RB0/INT external interrupt 0 = Disables the RB0/INT external interrupt bit 3: RBIE: RB Port Change Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the RB port change interrupt 0 = Disables the RB port change interrupt bit 2: T0IF: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit 1 = TMR0 register has overflowed (must be cleared in software) 0 = TMR0 register did not overflow bit 1: INTF: RB0/INT External Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The RB0/INT external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = The RB0/INT external interrupt did not occur bit 0: RBIF: RB Port Change Interrupt Flag bit 1 = At least one of the RB<7:4> pins changed state (must be cleared in software) 0 = None of the RB<7:4> pins have changed state DS41124A-page 24 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 4.2.2.4 PIE1 REGISTER Note: This register contains the individual enable bits for the peripheral interrupts. Bit PEIE (INTCON<6>) must be set to enable any peripheral interrupt. REGISTER 4-4: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE1 REGISTER (PIE1: 8Ch) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE USBIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE bit7 bit0 bit 7: PSPIE(1): Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the PSP read/write interrupt 0 = Disables the PSP read/write interrupt bit 6: ADIE: A/D Converter Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the A/D interrupt 0 = Disables the A/D interrupt bit 5: RCIE: USART Receive Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the USART receive interrupt 0 = Disables the USART receive interrupt bit 4: TXIE: USART Transmit Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the USART transmit interrupt 0 = Disables the USART transmit interrupt bit 3: USBIE: Universal Serial Bus Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the USB interrupt 0 = Disables the USB interrupt bit 2: CCP1IE: CCP1 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the CCP1 interrupt 0 = Disables the CCP1 interrupt bit 1: TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt 0 = Disables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt bit 0: TMR1IE: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the TMR1 overflow interrupt 0 = Disables the TMR1 overflow interrupt R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset Note 1: PIC16C745 device does not have a parallel slave port implemented; always maintain this bit clear. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 25 PIC16C745/765 4.2.2.5 PIR1 REGISTER Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>). User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. This register contains the individual flag bits for the peripheral interrupts. REGISTER 4-5: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REGISTER1 (PIR1: 0Ch) R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF USBIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF bit7 bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset bit 7: PSPIF(1): Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Flag bit 1 = A read or a write operation has taken place (must be cleared in software) 0 = No read or write has occurred bit 6: ADIF: A/D Converter Interrupt Flag bit 1 = An A/D conversion completed (must be cleared in software) 0 = The A/D conversion is not complete bit 5: RCIF: USART Receive Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The USART receive buffer is full (clear by reading RCREG) 0 = The USART receive buffer is empty bit 4: TXIF: USART Transmit Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The USART transmit buffer is empty (clear by writing to TXREG) 0 = The USART transmit buffer is full bit 3: USBIF: Universal Serial Bus (USB) Interrupt Flag 1 = A USB interrupt condition has occurred. The specific cause can be found by examining the contents of the UIR and UIE registers. 0 = No USB interrupt conditions that are enabled have occurred. bit 2: CCP1IF: CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit Capture Mode 1 = A TMR1 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register capture occurred Compare Mode 1 = A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register compare match occurred PWM Mode Unused in this mode bit 1: TMR2IF: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Flag bit 1 = TMR2 to PR2 match occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR2 to PR2 match occurred bit 0: TMR1IF: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit 1 = TMR1 register overflowed (must be cleared in software) 0 = TMR1 register did not overflow Note 1: PIC16C745 device does not have a parallel slave port implemented. This bit location is reserved on this device. Always maintain this bit clear. DS41124A-page 26 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 4.2.2.6 PIE2 REGISTER This register contains the individual enable bit for the CCP2 peripheral interrupt. REGISTER 4-6: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE 2 REGISTER (PIE2: 8Dh) U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — bit7 R/W-0 CCP2IE bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset bit 7-1: Unimplemented: Read as ’0’ bit 0: 4.2.2.7 CCP2IE: CCP2 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the CCP2 interrupt 0 = Disables the CCP2 interrupt PIR2 REGISTER This register contains the CCP2 interrupt flag bit. . Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>). User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. REGISTER 4-7: U-0 — PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REGISTER 2 (PIR2: 0Dh) U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — bit7 U-0 — U-0 — R/W-0 CCP2IF bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset bit 7-1: Unimplemented: Read as ’0’ bit 0: CCP2IF: CCP2 Interrupt Flag bit Capture Mode 1 = A TMR1 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register capture occurred Compare Mode 1 = A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register compare match occurred PWM Mode Unused 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 27 PIC16C745/765 4.2.2.8 PCON REGISTER Note: BOR is unknown on POR. It must be set by the user and checked on subsequent resets to see if BOR is clear, indicating a brown-out has occurred. The BOR status bit is a “don't care” and is not predictable if the brown-out circuit is disabled (by clearing the BODEN bit in the configuration word). The Power Control (PCON) register contains flag bits to allow differentiation between a Power-on Reset (POR), a Brown-out Reset (BOR), a Watch-dog Reset (WDT) and an external MCLR Reset. REGISTER 4-8: U-0 — U-0 — POWER CONTROL REGISTER REGSTER (PCON: 8Eh) U-0 — U-0 — bit7 U-0 — U-0 — R/W-0 R/W-q BOR POR bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset bit 7-2: Unimplemented: Read as ’0’ bit 1: POR: Power-on Reset Status bit 1 = No power-on reset occurred 0 = A power-on reset occurred (must be set in software after a power-on reset occurs) bit 0: BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit 1 = No brown-out reset occurred 0 = A brown-out reset occurred (must be set in software after a brown-out reset occurs) DS41124A-page 28 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 4.3 PCL and PCLATH The program counter (PC) is 13-bits wide. The low byte comes from the PCL register, which is a readable and writable register. The upper bits (PC<12:8>) are not readable, but are indirectly writable through the PCLATH register. On any reset, the upper bits of the PC will be cleared. Figure 4-3 shows the two situations for the loading of the PC. The upper example in the figure shows how the PC is loaded on a write to PCL (PCLATH<4:0> → PCH). The lower example in the figure shows how the PC is loaded during a CALL or GOTO instruction (PCLATH<4:3> → PCH). FIGURE 4-3: LOADING OF PC IN DIFFERENT SITUATIONS PCH PCL 12 8 7 0 PC 5 8 PCLATH<4:0> Instruction with PCL as Destination ALU PCLATH PCH 12 11 10 PCL 8 0 7 PC GOTO,CALL 2 PCLATH<4:3> 11 Note 1: There are no status bits to indicate stack overflow or stack underflow conditions. 2: There are no instructions/mnemonics called PUSH or POP. These are actions that occur from the execution of the CALL, RETURN, RETLW, and RETFIE instructions, or the vectoring to an interrupt address. 4.4 Program Memory Paging PIC16CXX devices are capable of addressing a continuous 8K word block of program memory. The CALL and GOTO instructions provide only 11 bits of address to allow branching within any 2K program memory page. When doing a CALL or GOTO instruction, the upper 2 bits of the address are provided by PCLATH<4:3>. When doing a CALL or GOTO instruction, the user must ensure that the page select bits are programmed so that the desired program memory page is addressed. If a return from a CALL instruction (or interrupt) is executed, the entire 13-bit PC is pushed onto the stack. Therefore, manipulation of the PCLATH<4:3> bits is not required for the return instructions (which POPs the address from the stack). Example 4-1 shows the calling of a subroutine in page 1 of the program memory. This example assumes that PCLATH is saved and restored by the interrupt service routine (if interrupts are used). Opcode <10:0> EXAMPLE 4-1: PCLATH 4.3.1 COMPUTED GOTO A computed GOTO is accomplished by adding an offset to the program counter (ADDWF PCL). When doing a table read using a computed GOTO method, care should be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL memory boundary (each 256 byte block). Refer to the application note “Implementing a Table Read" (AN556). 4.3.2 CALL OF A SUBROUTINE IN PAGE 1 FROM PAGE 0 ORG 0x500 BSF PCLATH,3 CALL SUB1_P1 : : ORG 0x900 SUB1_P1 : : : RETURN ;Select page 1 (800h-FFFh) ;Call subroutine in ;page 1 (800h-FFFh) ;page 1 (800h-FFFh) ;called subroutine ;page 1 (800h-FFFh) ;return to Call subroutine ;in page 0 (000h-7FFh) STACK The PIC16CXX family has an 8-level deep x 13-bit wide hardware stack. The stack space is not part of either program or data space and the stack pointer is not readable or writable. The PC is PUSHed onto the stack when a CALL instruction is executed or an interrupt causes a branch. The stack is POPed in the event of a RETURN,RETLW or a RETFIE instruction execution. PCLATH is not affected by a PUSH or POP operation. The stack operates as a circular buffer. This means that after the stack has been PUSHed eight times, the ninth push overwrites the value that was stored from the first push. The tenth push overwrites the second push (and so on). 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 29 PIC16C745/765 4.5 Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR Registers EXAMPLE 4-2: The INDF register is not a physical register. Addressing the INDF register will cause indirect addressing. movlw movwf clrf incf btfss goto NEXT Indirect addressing is possible by using the INDF register. Any instruction using the INDF register actually accesses the register pointed to by the File Select Register, FSR. Reading the INDF register itself indirectly (FSR = ’0’) will read 00h. Writing to the INDF register indirectly results in a no-operation (although status bits may be affected). An effective 9-bit address is obtained by concatenating the 8-bit FSR register and the IRP bit (STATUS<7>), as shown in Figure 4-4. INDIRECT ADDRESSING 0x20 FSR INDF FSR,F FSR,4 NEXT ;initialize pointer ;to RAM ;clear INDF register ;inc pointer ;all done? ;no clear next CONTINUE : ;yes continue A simple program to clear RAM locations 20h-2Fh using indirect addressing is shown in Example 4-2. FIGURE 4-4: DIRECT/INDIRECT ADDRESSING Direct Addressing Indirect Addressing from opcode RP<1:0> 6 bank select location select 0 IRP 7 bank select 00 01 10 FSR register 0 location select 11 00h 80h 100h 180h 7Fh FFh 17Fh 1FFh Data Memory Bank 0 Note: Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 3 For register file map detail see Figure 4-2. DS41124A-page 30 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 5.0 I/O PORTS FIGURE 5-1: Some pins for these I/O ports are multiplexed with an alternate function for the peripheral features on the device. In general, when a peripheral is enabled, that pin may not be used as a general purpose I/O pin. Data Bus 5.1 WR Port PORTA and TRISA Registers BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA<3:0> AND RA5 PINS D Q VDD Q CK P PORTA is a 6-bit latch. The RA4/T0CKI pin is a Schmitt Trigger input and an open drain output. All other RA port pins have TTL input levels and full CMOS output drivers. All pins have data direction bits (TRIS registers), which can configure these pins as output or input. Data Latch D WR TRIS Note: On all resets, pins with analog and digital functions are configured as analog inputs. The TRISA register controls the direction of the RA pins, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user must ensure the bits in the TRISA register are maintained set when using them as analog inputs. I/O Pin VSS Q Analog Input Mode TRIS Latch RD TRIS Reading the PORTA register reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the port latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pins are read, the value is modified, and then written to the port data latch. On the PIC16C745/765, PORTA pins are multiplexed with analog inputs and analog VREF input. The operation of each pin is selected by clearing/setting the control bits in the ADCON1 register (A/D Control Register1). N Q CK Setting a TRISA register bit puts the corresponding output driver in a hi-impedance mode. Clearing a bit in the TRISA register puts the contents of the output latch on the selected pin(s). Pin RA4 is multiplexed with the Timer0 module clock input to become the RA4/T0CKI pin. VDD Q D Schmitt Trigger Input Buffer EN RD PORT To A/D Converter FIGURE 5-2: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA4/T0CKI PIN VDD Data Bus WR PORT D Q CK Q N I/O pin Data Latch EXAMPLE 5-1: INITIALIZING PORTA (PIC16C745/765) BCF BCF CLRF STATUS, RP1 STATUS, RP0 PORTA BSF MOVLW MOVWF MOVLW STATUS, RP0 0x06 ADCON1 0xCF MOVWF TRISA ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Initialize PORTA by clearing output data latches Select Bank 1 Configure all pins as digital inputs Value used to initialize data direction Set RA<3:0> as inputs RA<5:4> as outputs TRISA<7:6> are always read as ’0’. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. WR TRIS D Q CK Q VSS Schmitt Trigger Input Buffer TRIS Latch RD TRIS Q D ENEN RD PORT TMR0 Clock Input Advanced Information DS41124A-page 31 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 5-1: PORTA FUNCTIONS Name RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2 RA3/AN3/VREF RA4/T0CKI RA5/AN4 Legend: Output Type RA0 ST CMOS AN0 AN — RA1 ST CMOS AN1 AN — RA2 ST CMOS Description Bi-directional I/O A/D Input Bi-directional I/O A/D Input Bi-directional I/O AN2 AN — RA3 ST CMOS AN3 AN — VREF AN — A/D Positive Reference RA4 ST OD Bi-directional I/O T0CKI ST — RA5 ST AN4 AN OD = open drain, ST = Schmitt Trigger TABLE 5-2: Address Input Type Function A/D Input Bi-directional I/O A/D Input Timer 0 Clock Input Bi-directional I/O — A/D Input SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA Name Bit 7 Bit 6 05h PORTA — — 85h TRISA — — 9Fh ADCON1 — — Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 --0x 0000 --0u 0000 --11 1111 --11 1111 ---- -000 ---- -000 PORTA Data Direction Register — — — PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA. DS41124A-page 32 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 5.2 PORTB and TRISB Registers PORTB is an 8-bit wide bi-directional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISB. Setting a bit in the TRISB register puts the corresponding output driver in a hi-impedance input mode. Clearing a bit in the TRISB register puts the contents of the output latch on the selected pin(s). Each of the PORTB pins has a weak internal pull-up. A single control bit can turn on all the pull-ups. This is performed by clearing bit RBPU (OPTION_REG<7>). The weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the port pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are disabled on a power-on reset. FIGURE 5-3: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB<3:0> PINS Data Bus WR Port weak P pull-up RB0/INT is an external interrupt input pin and is configured using the INTEDG bit (OPTION_REG<6>). Q I/O pin CK TRIS Latch D Q WR TRIS The interrupt-on-change feature is recommended for wake-up on key depression operation and operations where PORTB is only used for the interrupt-on-change feature. Polling of PORTB is not recommended while using the interrupt-on-change feature. FIGURE 5-4: Data Latch D This interrupt-on-mismatch feature, together with software configureable pull-ups on these four pins, allow easy interface to a keypad and make it possible for wake-up on key-depression. Refer to the Embedded Control Handbook, “Implementing Wake-Up on Key Stroke” (AN552). RB0/INT is discussed in detail in Section 13.5.1. VDD VDD RBPU(1) A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit RBIF. Reading PORTB will end the mismatch condition, and allow flag bit RBIF to be cleared. VDD RBPU(1) Data Bus TTL Input Buffer CK BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB<7:4> PINS WR Port VDD weak P pull-up Data Latch D Q I/O pin CK TRIS Latch D Q RD TRIS WR TRIS Q RD Port D TTL Input Buffer CK EN RD TRIS RB0/INT Q Schmitt Trigger Buffer RD Port Latch D EN RD Port ST Buffer Q1 Set RBIF Note 1: To enable weak pull-ups, set the appropriate TRIS bit(s) and clear the RBPU bit (OPTION_REG<7>). Four of PORTB’s pins, RB<7:4>, have an interrupt on change feature. Only pins configured as inputs can cause this interrupt to occur (i.e. any RB<7:4> pin configured as an output is excluded from the interrupt-onchange comparison). The input pins (of RB<7:4>) are compared with the value latched on the last read of PORTB. The “mismatch” outputs of RB<7:4> are OR’ed together to generate the RB Port Change Interrupt with flag bit RBIF (INTCON<0>). From other RB<7:4> pins Q D RD Port EN Q3 RB<7:6> in serial programming mode Note 1: To enable weak pull-ups, set the appropriate TRIS bit(s) and clear the RBPU bit (OPTION_REG<7>). This interrupt can wake the device from SLEEP. The user, in the interrupt service routine, can clear the interrupt in the following manner: a) b) Any read or write of PORTB. This will end the mismatch condition. Clear flag bit RBIF. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 33 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 5-3: PORTB FUNCTIONS Function Input Type Output Type RB0 TTL CMOS INT ST — RB1 RB1 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O RB2 RB2 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O RB3 RB3 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O RB4 RB4 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O with Interrupt on Change RB5 RB5 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O with Interrupt on Change RB6 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O with Interrupt on Change Name RB0/INT RB6/ICSPC RB7/ICSPD Legend: Bi-directional I/O Interrupt ICSPC ST RB7 TTL CMOS Bi-directional I/O with Interrupt on Change ICSPD ST OD = open drain, ST = Schmitt Trigger CMOS In-Circuit Serial Programming Data I/O TABLE 5-4: Address Description In-Circuit Serial Programming Clock input SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 06h, 106h PORTB 86h, 186h TRISB PORTB Data Direction Register 81h, 181h OPTION_REG RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged. Shaded cells are not used by PORTB. DS41124A-page 34 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 5.3 PORTC and TRISC Registers PORTC is a 5-bit bi-directional port. Each pin is individually configureable as an input or output through the TRISC register. PORTC is multiplexed with several peripheral functions (Table 5-5). PORTC pins have Schmitt Trigger input buffers. When enabling peripheral functions, care should be taken in defining TRIS bits for each PORTC pin. Some peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a pin an output, while other peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a pin an input. Since the TRIS bit override is in effect while the peripheral is enabled, read-modifywrite instructions (BSF, BCF, XORWF) with TRISC as destination should be avoided. The user should refer to the corresponding peripheral section for the correct TRIS bit settings. FIGURE 5-5: PORTC BLOCK DIAGRAM PORT/PERIPHERAL Select(1) Peripheral Data Out VDD 0 Data Bus WR PORT D Q 1 CK VDD P Q Data Latch D WR TRIS CK I/O pin Q Q N TRIS Latch VSS Schmitt Trigger RD TRIS Peripheral OE(2) RD PORT Peripheral Input Q D EN Note 1: Port/Peripheral select signal selects between port data and peripheral output. 2: Peripheral OE (output enable) is only activated if peripheral select is active. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 35 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 5-5: PORTC FUNCTIONS Name RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC!/T1OSI/CCP2 RC2/CCP1/VUSB Function Input Type Output Type RC0 ST CMOS T1OSO — Xtal T1CKI ST — T1 Clock Input RC1 ST CMOS Xtal — T1 Oscillator Input CCP2 — — Capture In/Compare Out/PWM Out 2 Bi-directional I/O RC2 ST CMOS CCP1 — — RC6 ST CMOS Bi-directional I/O TX — CMOS USART Async Transmit CK ST CMOS USART Master Out/Slave In Clock RC7 ST CMOS Bi-directional I/O RX ST — RC7/RX/DT DT ST OD = open drain, ST = Schmitt Trigger TABLE 5-6: Bi-directional I/O T1 Oscillator Output T1OSI RC6/TX/CK Legend: Description CMOS Bi-directional I/O Capture In/Compare Out/PWM Out 1 USART Async Receive USART Data I/O SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets 07h PORTC RC7 RC6 — — — RC2 RC1 RC0 xx-- -xxx uu-- -uuu 87h TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 — — — TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 11-- -111 11-- -111 Address Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged. DS41124A-page 36 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 5.4 PORTD and TRISD Registers FIGURE 5-6: PORTD BLOCK DIAGRAM VDD Note: The PIC16C745 does not provide PORTD. The PORTD and TRISD registers are reserved. Always maintain these bits clear. Data Bus D WR PORT PORTD is an 8-bit port with Schmitt Trigger input buffers. Each pin is individually configured as an input or output. Q I/O pin CK Data Latch PORTD can be configured as an 8-bit wide microprocessor port (parallel slave port) by setting control bit PSPMODE (TRISE<4>). In this mode, the input buffers are TTL. D WR TRIS Q Schmitt Trigger Input Buffer CK TRIS Latch RD TRIS Q D ENEN RD PORT TABLE 5-7: PORTD FUNCTIONS Name RD0/PSP0 RD1/PSP1 RD2/PSP2 RD3/PSP3 RD4/PSP4 RD5/PSP5 RD6/PSP6 RD7/PSP7 Legend: Note 1: Function Input Type Output Type RD0 TTL CMOS PSP0 TTL — RD1 TTL CMOS PSP1 TTL — RD2 TTL CMOS PSP2 TTL — RD3 TTL CMOS PSP3 TTL — RD4 TTL CMOS PSP4 TTL — RD5 TTL CMOS PSP5 TTL — RD6 TTL CMOS PSP6 TTL — RD7 TTL CMOS PSP7 TTL OD = open drain, ST = Schmitt Trigger — Description Bi-directional I/O(1) Parallel Slave Port data input(1) Bi-directional I/O(1) Parallel Slave Port data input(1) Bi-directional I/O(1) Parallel Slave Port data input(1) Bi-directional I/O(1) Parallel Slave Port data input(1) Bi-directional I/O(1) Parallel Slave Port data input(1) Bi-directional I/O(1) Parallel Slave Port data input(1) Bi-directional I/O(1) Parallel Slave Port data input(1) Bi-directional I/O(1) Parallel Slave Port data input(1) PIC16C765 only. TABLE 5-8: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTD Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets 08h PORTD(1) RD7 RD6 RD5 RD4 RD3 RD2 RD1 RD0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 88h TRISD(1) 1111 1111 1111 1111 Address PORTD Data Direction Register Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by PORTD. Note 1: PIC16C765 only. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 37 PIC16C745/765 5.5 PORTE and TRISE Registers FIGURE 5-7: PORTE BLOCK DIAGRAM VDD Note 1: The PIC16C745 does not provide PORTE. The PORTE and TRISE registers are reserved. Always maintain these bits clear. Data Bus D WR PORT PORTE has three pins, RE0/RD/AN5, RE1/WR/AN6 and RE2/CS/AN7, which are individually configured as inputs or outputs. These pins have Schmitt Trigger input buffers. Q I/O pin CK Data Latch D WR TRIS I/O PORTE becomes control inputs for the microprocessor port when bit PSPMODE (TRISE<4>) is set. In this mode, the user must make sure that the TRISE<2:0> bits are set (pins are configured as digital inputs) and that register ADCON1 is configured for digital I/O. In this mode, the input buffers are TTL. Q Schmitt Trigger Input Buffer CK TRIS Latch RD TRIS Q Register 5-1 shows the TRISE register, which also controls the parallel slave port operation. D ENEN PORTE pins may be multiplexed with analog inputs (PIC16C765 only). The operation of these pins is selected by control bits in the ADCON1 register. When selected as an analog input, these pins will read as ’0’s. RD PORT To A/D Converter TRISE controls the direction of the RE pins, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user must make sure to keep the pins configured as inputs when using them as analog inputs. TRISE bits are used to control the parallel slave port. Note: On a Power-on Reset, these pins are configured as analog inputs. TABLE 5-9: PORTE(1) FUNCTIONS Function Input Type Output Type RE0 ST CMOS RD TTL — Parallel Slave Port control input(1) AN5 AN — A/D Input(1) RE1 ST CMOS WR TTL — Parallel Slave Port control input(1) AN6 AN — A/D Input(1) RE2 ST CMOS CS TTL — Parallel Slave Port data input(1) AN7 AN OD = open drain, ST = Schmitt Trigger — A/D Input(1) Name RE0/RD/AN5 RE1/WR/AN6 RE2/CS/AN7 Legend: Note 1: Description Bi-directional I/O(1) Bi-directional I/O(1) Bi-directional I/O(1) PIC16C765 only. DS41124A-page 38 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 REGISTER 5-1: PORTE DATA DIRECTION CONTROL REGISTER(1) (TRISE: 89h) R-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 IBF OBF IBOV PSPMODE — TRISE2 TRISE1 TRISE0 bit7 bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset bit 7 : IBF: Input Buffer Full Status bit 1 = A word has been received and is waiting to be read by the CPU 0 = No word has been received bit 6: OBF: Output Buffer Full Status bit 1 = The output buffer still holds a previously written word 0 = The output buffer has been read bit 5: IBOV: Input Buffer Overflow Detect bit (in microprocessor mode) 1 = A write occurred when a previously input word has not been read (must be cleared in software) 0 = No overflow occurred bit 4: PSPMODE: Parallel Slave Port Mode Select bit 1 = Parallel slave port mode 0 = General purpose I/O mode bit 3: Unimplemented: Read as '0' PORTE Data Direction Bits bit 2: TRISE2: Direction Control bit for pin RE2/CS/AN7 1 = Input 0 = Output bit 1: TRISE1: Direction Control bit for pin RE1/WR/AN6 1 = Input 0 = Output bit 0: TRISE0: Direction Control bit for pin RE0/RD/AN5 1 = Input 0 = Output Note 1: PIC16C765 only. TABLE 5-10: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTE Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets 09h PORTE(1) — — — — — RE2 RE1 RE0 ---- -xxx ---- -uuu 89h TRISE(1) IBF OBF IBOV PSPMODE — 0000 -111 0000 -111 9Fh ADCON1 — — — — — ---- -000 ---- -000 Address PORTE Data Direction Bits PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by PORTE. Note 1: PIC16C765 only. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 39 PIC16C745/765 5.6 Note: Parallel Slave Port (PSP) The PIC16C745 does not provide a parallel slave port. The PORTD, PORTE, TRISD and TRISE registers are reserved. Always maintain these bits clear. PORTD operates as an 8-bit wide Parallel Slave Port (PSP), or microprocessor port when control bit PSPMODE (TRISE<4>) is set. In slave mode, it is asynchronously readable and writable by the external world through RD control input pin RE0/RD/AN5 and WR control input pin RE1/WR/AN6. It can directly interface to an 8-bit microprocessor data bus. The external microprocessor can read or write the PORTD latch as an 8-bit latch. Setting bit PSPMODE enables port pin RE0/RD/AN5 to be the RD input, RE1/WR/AN6 to be the WR input and RE2/CS/AN7 to be the CS (chip select) input. For this functionality, the corresponding data direction bits of the TRISE register (TRISE<2:0>) must be configured as inputs (set) and the A/D port configuration bits PCFG<2:0> (ADCON1<2:0>) must be set, which will configure pins RE<2:0> as digital I/O. There are actually two 8-bit latches; one for data-out (from the PICmicro® microcontroller) and one for data input. The user writes 8-bit data to PORTD data latch and reads data from the port pin latch (note that they have the same address). In this mode, the TRISD register is ignored, since the microprocessor is controlling the direction of data flow. An interrupt is generated and latched into flag bit PSPIF when a read or write operation is completed. PSPIF must be cleared by the user in firmware and the interrupt can be disabled by clearing the interrupt enable bit PSPIE (PIE1<7>). FIGURE 5-8: PORTD AND PORTE BLOCK DIAGRAM (PARALLEL SLAVE PORT) VDD Data Bus D WR PORT Q RDx pin CK TTL Q RD PORT D ENEN One bit of PORTD Set interrupt flag PSPIF (PIR1<7>) A write to the PSP occurs when both the CS and WR lines are first detected low. When either the CS or WR lines become high (level triggered), then the Input Buffer Full (IBF) status flag bit (TRISE<7>) is set on the Q4 clock cycle, following the next Q2 cycle, to signal the write is complete (Figure 5-9). The interrupt flag bit PSPIF (PIR1<7>) is also set on the same Q4 clock cycle. IBF can only be cleared by reading the PORTD input latch. The Input Buffer Overflow (IBOV) status flag bit (TRISE<5>) is set if a second write to the PSP is attempted when the previous byte has not been read out of the buffer. Read TTL RD Chip Select TTL CS Write TTL WR A read from the PSP occurs when both the CS and RD lines are first detected low. The Output Buffer Full (OBF) status flag bit (TRISE<6>) is cleared immediately (Figure 5-10) indicating that the PORTD latch is waiting to be read by the external bus. When either the CS or RD pin becomes high (level triggered), the interrupt flag bit PSPIF is set on the Q4 clock cycle, following the next Q2 cycle, indicating that the read is complete. OBF remains low until data is written to PORTD by the user firmware. When not in PSP mode, the IBF and OBF bits are held clear. However, if flag bit IBOV was previously set, it must be cleared in firmware. DS41124A-page 40 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 5-9: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT WRITE WAVEFORMS Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 CS WR RD PORTD<7:0> IBF OBF PSPIF FIGURE 5-10: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT READ WAVEFORMS Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 CS WR RD PORTD<7:0> IBF OBF PSPIF TABLE 5-11: Address 08h 09h REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PARALLEL SLAVE PORT Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 PORTD(2) Port data latch when written: Port pins when read PORTE (2) (2) — — IBF OBF — — IBOV PSPMODE — — RE2 RE1 RE0 PORTE Data Direction Bits Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu ---- -xxx ---- -uuu 89h TRISE 0000 -111 0000 -111 0Ch PIR1 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF USBIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE USBIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 9Fh ADCON1 — — — — — PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 ---- -000 ---- -000 0Bh INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by the Parallel Slave Port. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16C745. Always maintain these bits clear. 2: PIC16C765 only. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 41 PIC16C745/765 NOTES: DS41124A-page 42 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 6.0 TIMER0 MODULE Counter mode is selected by setting bit T0CS (OPTION_REG<5>). In counter mode, Timer0 will increment either on every rising or falling edge of pin RA4/T0CKI. The incrementing edge is determined by the Timer0 Source Edge Select bit T0SE (OPTION_REG<4>). Clearing bit T0SE selects the rising edge. Restrictions on the external clock input are discussed in detail in Section 6.2. The Timer0 module timer/counter has the following features: • • • • • • 8-bit timer/counter Readable and writable 8-bit software programmable prescaler Internal or external clock select Interrupt on overflow from FFh to 00h Edge select for external clock The prescaler is mutually exclusively shared between the Timer0 module and the watchdog timer. The prescaler is not readable or writable. Section 6.3 details the operation of the prescaler. Figure 6-1 is a block diagram of the Timer0 module and the prescaler shared with the WDT. 6.1 Additional information on the Timer0 module is available in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023). The TMR0 interrupt is generated when the TMR0 register overflows from FFh to 00h. This overflow sets bit T0IF (INTCON<2>). The interrupt can be masked by clearing bit T0IE (INTCON<5>). Bit T0IF must be cleared in software by the Timer0 module interrupt service routine before re-enabling this interrupt. The TMR0 interrupt cannot awaken the processor from SLEEP, since the timer is shut off during SLEEP. Timer mode is selected by clearing bit T0CS (OPTION_REG<5>). In timer mode, the Timer0 module will increment every instruction cycle (without prescaler). If the TMR0 register is written, the increment is inhibited for the following two instruction cycles. The user can work around this by writing an adjusted value to the TMR0 register. FIGURE 6-1: Timer0 Interrupt BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TIMER0/WDT PRESCALER FINT Data Bus 0 RA4/T0CKI Pin 8 M U X 1 M U X 0 1 SYNC 2 Cycles TMR0 reg T0SE TOCS Set flag bit T0IF on Overflow PSA PRESCALER 0 Watchdog Timer M U X 1 8-bit Prescaler 8 8 - to - 1MUX PS<2:0> PSA WDT Enable bit 1 0 MUX PSA WDT Time-out Note: T0CS, T0SE, PSA, PS<2:0> are (OPTION_REG<5:0>). 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 43 PIC16C745/765 6.2 Using Timer0 with an External Clock The PSA and PS<2:0> bits (OPTION_REG<3:0>) determine the prescaler assignment and prescale ratio. When no prescaler is used, the external clock input is the same as the prescaler output. The synchronization of T0CKI with the internal phase clocks is accomplished by sampling the prescaler output on the Q2 and Q4 cycles of the internal phase clocks. Therefore, it is necessary for T0CKI to be high for at least 2Tosc (and a small RC delay of 20 ns) and low for at least 2Tosc (and a small RC delay of 20 ns). Refer to the electrical specification of the desired device. 6.3 When assigned to the Timer0 module, all instructions writing to the TMR0 register (e.g. CLRF 1, MOVWF 1, BSF 1,x....etc.) will clear the prescaler. When assigned to WDT, a CLRWDT instruction will clear the prescaler along with the watchdog timer. The prescaler is not readable or writable. Note: Prescaler There is only one prescaler available which is mutually exclusively shared between the Timer0 module and the watchdog timer. A prescaler assignment for the Timer0 module means that there is no prescaler for the watchdog timer, and vice-versa. This prescaler is not readable or writable (see Figure 6-1). EXAMPLE 6-1: Address To avoid an unintended device RESET, the following instruction sequence (shown in Example 6-1) must be executed when changing the prescaler assignment from Timer0 to the WDT. This sequence must be followed even if the WDT is disabled. CHANGING PRESCALER (TIMER0→WDT) Lines 2 and 3 do NOT have to be included if the final desired prescale value is other than 1:1. If 1:1 is the final desired value, then a temporary prescale value is set in lines 2 and 3 and the final prescale value will be set in lines 10 and 11. TABLE 6-1: Writing to TMR0, when the prescaler is assigned to Timer0, will clear the prescaler count, but will not change the prescaler assignment. 1) BSF STATUS, RP0 ;Bank1 2) MOVLW b’xx0x0xxx’ ;Select clock source and prescale value of 3) MOVWF OPTION_REG ;other than 1:1 4) BCF STATUS, RP0 ;Bank0 5) CLRF TMR0 ;Clear TMR0 and prescaler 6) BSF STATUS, RP1 ;Bank1 7) MOVLW b’xxxx1xxx’ ;Select WDT, do not change prescale value 8) MOVWF OPTION_REG ; 9) CLRWDT ;Clears WDT and prescaler 10) MOVLW b’xxxx1xxx’ ;Select new prescale value and WDT 11) MOVWF OPTION_REG ; 12) BCF STATUS, RP0 ;Bank0 REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0 Name Bit 7 Bit 6 01h,101h TMR0 0Bh,8Bh, 10Bh,18Bh INTCON 81h,181h OPTION_REG RBPU INTEDG Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Timer0 module’s register GIE PEIE Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by Timer0. DS41124A-page 44 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 7.0 TIMER1 MODULE The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer/counter consisting of two 8-bit registers (TMR1H and TMR1L), which are readable and writable. The TMR1 Register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments from 0000h to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. The TMR1 interrupt, if enabled, is generated on overflow, which is latched in interrupt flag bit TMR1IF (PIR1<0>). This interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing TMR1 interrupt enable bit TMR1IE (PIE1<0>). Timer1 can operate in one of two modes: • As a timer • As a counter The operating mode is determined by the clock select bit, TMR1CS (T1CON<1>). In timer mode, Timer1 increments every instruction cycle. In counter mode, it increments on every rising edge of the external clock input. Timer1 can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing control bit TMR1ON (T1CON<0>). Timer1 also has an internal “reset input”. This reset can be generated by either of the two CCP modules (Section 9.0). Register 7-1 shows the Timer1 control register. When the Timer1 oscillator is enabled (T1OSCEN is set), the RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 and RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI pins become inputs. That is, the TRISC<1:0> value is ignored. Additional information on timer modules is available in the PICmicro™ Mid-range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023). REGISTER 7-1: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER (T1CON: 10h) U-0 U-0 — — R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN R/W-0 T1SYNC R/W-0 R/W-0 TMR1CS TMR1ON bit7 bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset bit 7-6: Unimplemented: Read as ’0’ bit 5-4: T1CKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits 11 = 1:8 Prescale value 10 = 1:4 Prescale value 01 = 1:2 Prescale value 00 = 1:1 Prescale value bit 3: T1OSCEN: Timer1 Oscillator Enable Control bit 1 = Oscillator is enabled 0 = Oscillator is shut off (The oscillator inverter is turned off to eliminate power drain) bit 2: T1SYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Control bit TMR1CS = 1 1 = Do not synchronize external clock input 0 = Synchronize external clock input TMR1CS = 0 This bit is ignored. Timer1 uses the internal clock when TMR1CS = 0. bit 1: TMR1CS: Timer1 Clock Source Select bit 1 = External clock from pin RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI (1) or RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 0 = Internal clock (FINT) bit 0: TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit 1 = Enables Timer1 0 = Stops Timer1 Note 1: On the rising edge after the first falling edge. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 45 PIC16C745/765 7.1 Timer1 Operation in Timer Mode 7.2 Timer mode is selected by clearing the TMR1CS (T1CON<1>) bit. In this mode, the input clock to the timer is FINT. The synchronize control bit T1SYNC (T1CON<2>) has no effect since the internal clock is always in sync. Timer1 Operation in Synchronized Counter Mode Counter mode is selected by setting bit TMR1CS. In this mode, the timer increments on every rising edge of clock input on pin RC1/T1OSI/CCP2, when bit T1OSCEN is set, or on pin RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI, when bit T1OSCEN is cleared. If T1SYNC is cleared, then the external clock input is synchronized with internal phase clocks. The synchronization is done after the prescaler stage. The prescaler stage is an asynchronous ripple-counter. In this configuration, during SLEEP mode, Timer1 will not increment even if the external clock is present, since the synchronization circuit is shut off. The prescaler however will continue to increment. FIGURE 7-1: TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM Set flag bit TMR1IF on Overflow 0 TMR1 TMR1H Synchronized clock input TMR1L 1 TMR1ON on/off T1SYNC T1OSC RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 1 T1OSCEN FINT Enable Internal Oscillator(1) Clock Synchronize Prescaler 1, 2, 4, 8 det 0 2 T1CKPS<1:0> TMR1CS SLEEP input Note 1: When the T1OSCEN bit is cleared, the inverter is turned off. This eliminates power drain. DS41124A-page 46 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 7.3 Timer1 Operation in Asynchronous Counter Mode If control bit T1SYNC (T1CON<2>) is set, the external clock input is not synchronized. The timer continues to increment asynchronous to the internal phase clocks. The timer will continue to run during SLEEP and can generate an interrupt on overflow, which will wake-up the processor. However, special precautions in software are needed to read/write the timer (Section 7.3.1). In asynchronous counter mode, Timer1 can not be used as a time-base for capture or compare operations. 7.3.1 READING AND WRITING TIMER1 IN ASYNCHRONOUS COUNTER MODE Reading TMR1H or TMR1L while the timer is running from an external asynchronous clock will guarantee a valid read (taken care of in hardware). However, the user should keep in mind that reading the 16-bit timer in two 8-bit values itself poses certain problems, since the timer may overflow between the reads. For writes, it is recommended that the user simply stop the timer and write the desired values. A write contention may occur by writing to the timer registers, while the register is incrementing. This may produce an unpredictable value in the timer register. Reading the 16-bit value requires some care. Examples 12-2 and 12-3 in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023) show how to read and write Timer1 when it is running in asynchronous mode. 7.4 Timer1 Oscillator A crystal oscillator circuit is built-in between pins T1OSI (input) and T1OSO (amplifier output). It is enabled by setting control bit T1OSCEN (T1CON<3>). The oscillator is a low power oscillator rated up to 200 kHz. It will continue to run during SLEEP. It is primarily intended for use with a 32 kHz crystal. Table 7-1 shows the capacitor selection for the Timer1 oscillator. TABLE 7-1: CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR THE TIMER1 OSCILLATOR Osc Type Freq C1 C2 LP 32 kHz 100 kHz 200 kHz 33 pF 15 pF 15 pF 33 pF 15 pF 15 pF These values are for design guidance only. Crystals Tested: 32.768 kHz 100 kHz 200 kHz Epson C-001R32.768K-A Epson C-2 100.00 KC-P STD XTL 200.000 kHz ± 20 PPM ± 20 PPM ± 20 PPM Note 1: Higher capacitance increases the stability of oscillator but also increases the start-up time. 2: Since each resonator/crystal has its own characteristics, the user should consult the resonator/ crystal manufacturer for appropriate values of external components. 7.5 Resetting Timer1 using a CCP Trigger Output If the CCP1 or CCP2 module is configured in compare mode to generate a “special event trigger” (CCP1M<3:0> = 1011), this signal will reset Timer1. Note: The special event triggers from the CCP1 and CCP2 modules will not set interrupt flag bit TMR1IF (PIR1<0>). Timer1 must be configured for either timer or synchronized counter mode to take advantage of this feature. If Timer1 is running in asynchronous counter mode, this reset operation may not work. In the event that a write to Timer1 coincides with a special event trigger from CCP1 or CCP2, the write will take precedence. In this mode of operation, the CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair effectively becomes the period register for Timer1. 7.6 Resetting of Timer1 Register Pair (TMR1H, TMR1L) TMR1H and TMR1L registers are not reset to 00h on a POR or any other reset except by the CCP1 and CCP2 special event triggers. T1CON register is reset to 00h on a Power-on Reset or a Brown-out Reset, which shuts off the timer and leaves a 1:1 prescale. In all other resets, the register is unaffected. 7.7 Timer1 Prescaler The prescaler counter is cleared on writes to the TMR1H or TMR1L registers. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 47 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 7-2: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1 AS A TIMER/COUNTER Name 0Bh,8Bh, INTCON 10Bh, 18Bh Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u PIR1 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF USBIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 8Ch PIE1 (1) PSPIE ADIE RCIE TXIE USBIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 0Eh TMR1L Holding register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 0Fh TMR1H Holding register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 10h T1CON 0Ch — — T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON --00 0000 --uu uuuu Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16C745; always maintain these bits clear. DS41124A-page 48 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 8.0 TIMER2 MODULE 8.1 Timer2 is an 8-bit timer with a prescaler and a postscaler. It can be used as the PWM time-base for the PWM mode of the CCP module(s). The TMR2 register is readable and writable, and is cleared on any device reset. The input clock (FINT/4) has a prescale option of 1:1, 1:4 or 1:16, selected by control bits T2CKPS<1:0> (T2CON<1:0>). The Timer2 module has an 8-bit period register PR2. Timer2 increments from 00h until it matches PR2 and then resets to 00h on the next increment cycle. PR2 is a readable and writable register. The PR2 register is initialized to FFh upon reset. The match output of TMR2 goes through a 4-bit postscaler (which gives a 1:1 to 1:16 scaling inclusive) to generate a TMR2 interrupt (latched in flag bit TMR2IF, (PIR1<1>)). Timer2 Prescaler and Postscaler The prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared when any of the following occurs: • a write to the TMR2 register • a write to the T2CON register • any device reset (POR, MCLR reset, WDT reset or BOR) TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is written. 8.2 Output of TMR2 The output of TMR2 (before the postscaler) is fed to the SSPort module, which optionally uses it to generate shift clock. FIGURE 8-1: Sets flag bit TMR2IF TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM TMR2 output (1) Timer2 can be shut off by clearing control bit TMR2ON (T2CON<2>) to minimize power consumption. Reset TMR2 reg Register 8-1 shows the Timer2 control register. Additional information on timer modules is available in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023). Postscaler 1:1 to 1:16 EQ Comparator Prescaler 1:1, 1:4, 1:16 FINT 2 T2CKPS<1:0> 4 PR2 reg T2OUTPS<3:0> Note 1: TMR2 register output can be software selected by the SSP module as a baud clock. REGISTER 8-1: TIMER2 CONTROL REGISTER (T2CON: 12h) U-0 — R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON R/W-0 R/W-0 T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 bit7 bit0 bit 7: Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 6-3: TOUTPS<3:0>: Timer2 Output Postscale Select bits 0000 = 1:1 Postscale 0001 = 1:2 Postscale 0010 = 1:3 Postscale • • • 1111 = 1:16 Postscale bit 2: TMR2ON: Timer2 On bit 1 = Timer2 is on 0 = Timer2 is off bit 1-0: T2CKPS<1:0>: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits 00 = Prescaler is 1 01 = Prescaler is 4 1x = Prescaler is 16 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset DS41124A-page 49 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 8-1: Address Name 0Bh,8Bh, INTCON 10Bh,18Bh 0Ch 8Ch Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u 0000 0000 0000 0000 ADIF RCIF TXIF USBIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF PIE1 (1) ADIE RCIE TXIE USBIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE TMR2 T2CON 92h PR2 Value on all other resets Bit 6 PSPIF(1) 11h Value on: POR, BOR Bit 7 PIR1 12h Legend: Note 1: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER2 AS A TIMER/COUNTER PSPIE Timer2 module’s register — 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -000 0000 1111 1111 1111 1111 Timer2 Period Register x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer2 module. Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16C745; always maintain these bits clear. DS41124A-page 50 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 9.0 CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM MODULES Each Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) module contains a 16-bit register which can operate as a: • 16-bit capture register • 16-bit compare register • PWM master/slave Duty Cycle register Both the CCP1 and CCP2 modules are identical in operation, with the exception being the operation of the special event trigger. Table 9-1 and Table 9-2 show the resources and interactions of the CCP module(s). In the following sections, the operation of a CCP module is described with respect to CCP1. CCP2 operates the same as CCP1, except where noted. CCP2 Module: Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (CCPR2) is comprised of two 8-bit registers: CCPR2L (low byte) and CCPR2H (high byte). The CCP2CON register controls the operation of CCP2. The special event trigger is generated by a compare match and will reset Timer1 and start an A/D conversion (if the A/D module is enabled). Additional information on CCP modules is available in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023) and in “Using the CCP Modules” (AN594). TABLE 9-1: CCP1 Module: Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (CCPR1) is comprised of two 8-bit registers: CCPR1L (low byte) and CCPR1H (high byte). The CCP1CON register controls the operation of CCP1. The special event trigger is generated by a compare match and will reset Timer1. TABLE 9-2: CCP MODE - TIMER RESOURCES REQUIRED CCP Mode Timer Resource Capture Compare PWM Timer1 Timer1 Timer2 INTERACTION OF TWO CCP MODULES CCPx Mode CCPy Mode Interaction Capture Capture Same TMR1 time-base. Capture Compare The compare should be configured for the special event trigger, which clears TMR1. Compare Compare The compare(s) should be configured for the special event trigger, which clears TMR1. PWM PWM The PWMs will have the same frequency and update rate (TMR2 interrupt). PWM Capture None. PWM Compare None. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 51 PIC16C745/765 REGISTER 9-1: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWMN CONTROL REGISTER (CCP1CON: 17H, CCP2CON: 1Dh) U — bit7 U — R/W-0 DCnB1 R/W-0 R/W-0 DCnB0 CCPnM3 R/W-0 CCPnM2 R/W-0 R/W-0 CCPnM1 CCPnM0 bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset bit 7-6: Unimplemented: Read as ’0’ bit 5-4: DCnB<1:0>: PWM Least Significant bits Capture Mode: Unused Compare Mode: Unused PWM Mode: These bits are the two LSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs are found in CCPRnL. bit 3-0: CCPnM<3:0>: CCPx Mode Select bits 0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets CCPn module) 0100 = Capture mode, every falling edge 0101 = Capture mode, every rising edge 0110 = Capture mode, every 4th rising edge 0111 = Capture mode, every 16th rising edge 1000 = Compare mode, set output on match (CCPnIF bit is set) 1001 = Compare mode, clear output on match (CCPnIF bit is set) 1010 = Compare mode, generate software interrupt on match (CCPnIF bit is set, CCPn pin is unaffected) 1011 = Compare mode, trigger special event (CCPnIF bit is set; CCPn resets TMR1or TMR3) 11xx = PWM mode DS41124A-page 52 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 9.1 9.1.2 Capture Mode In Capture mode, CCPR1H:CCPR1L captures the 16-bit value of the TMR1 register when an event occurs on pin RC2/CCP1. An event is defined as: • • • • Every falling edge Every rising edge Every 4th rising edge Every 16th rising edge 9.1.1 CCP PIN CONFIGURATION In Capture mode, the RC2/CCP1 pin should be configured as an input by setting the TRISC<2> bit. Note: If the RC2/CCP1 pin is configured as an output, a write to the port can cause a capture condition. FIGURE 9-1: CAPTURE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM Prescaler ÷ 1, 4, 16 Set flag bit CCP1IF (PIR1<2>) RC2/CCP1 Pin CCPR1H and edge detect Timer1 must be running in timer mode or synchronized counter mode for the CCP module to use the capture feature. In asynchronous counter mode, the capture operation may not work. 9.1.3 An event is selected by control bits CCP1M<3:0> (CCP1CON<3:0>). When a capture is made, the interrupt request flag bit CCP1IF (PIR1<2>) is set. The interrupt flag must be cleared in software. If another capture occurs before the value in register CCPR1 is read, the old captured value will be lost. TMR1H SOFTWARE INTERRUPT When the capture mode is changed, a false capture interrupt may be generated. The user should keep bit CCP1IE (PIE1<2>) clear to avoid false interrupts and should clear the flag bit CCP1IF following any such change in operating mode. 9.1.4 CCP PRESCALER There are four prescaler settings, specified by bits CCP1M<3:0>. Whenever the CCP module is turned off, or the CCP module is not in capture mode, the prescaler counter is cleared. Any reset will clear the prescaler counter. Switching from one capture prescaler to another may generate an interrupt. Also, the prescaler counter will not be cleared, therefore, the first capture may be from a non-zero prescaler. Example 9-1 shows the recommended method for switching between capture prescalers. This example also clears the prescaler counter and will not generate the “false” interrupt. EXAMPLE 9-1: CCPR1L Capture Enable CCP1CON<3:0> TIMER1 MODE SELECTION TMR1L CLRF MOVLW MOVWF CHANGING BETWEEN CAPTURE PRESCALERS CCP1CON ;Turn CCP module off NEW_CAPT_PS ;Load the W reg with ; the new precscaler ; move value and CCP ON CCP1CON ;Load CCP1CON with this ; value Q’s 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 53 PIC16C745/765 9.2 Compare Mode 9.3 In Compare mode, the 16-bit CCPR1 register value is constantly compared against the TMR1 register pair value. When a match occurs, the RC2/CCP1 pin is: • Driven high • Driven low • Remains unchanged PWM Mode (PWM) In pulse width modulation mode, the CCPx pin produces up to a 10-bit resolution PWM output. Since the CCP1 pin is multiplexed with the PORTC data latch, the TRISC<2> bit must be cleared to make the CCP1 pin an output. Note: Clearing the CCP1CON register will force the CCP1 PWM output latch to the default low level. This is not the PORTC I/O data latch. The action on the pin is based on the value of control bits CCP1M<3:0> (CCP1CON<3:0>). At the same time, interrupt flag bit CCP1IF is set. FIGURE 9-2: COMPARE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM Special event trigger will: reset Timer1, but not set interrupt flag bit TMR1IF (PIR1<0>), and set bit GO/DONE (ADCON0<2>). Figure 9-3 shows a simplified block diagram of the CCP module in PWM mode. For a step by step procedure on how to set up the CCP module for PWM operation, see Section 9.3.3. FIGURE 9-3: SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK DIAGRAM Special Event Trigger Set flag bit CCP1IF (PIR1<2>) CCPR1H CCPR1L Q S Output Logic match RC2/CCP1 R Pin TRISC<2> Output Enable CCP1CON<3:0> Mode Select CCP1CON<5:4> Duty Cycle Registers CCPR1L Comparator TMR1H TMR1L CCPR1H (Slave) R Comparator 9.2.1 CCP PIN CONFIGURATION RC2/CCP1 The user must configure the RC2/CCP1 pin as an output by clearing the TRISC<2> bit. Note: 9.2.2 Clearing the CCP1CON register will force the RC2/CCP1 compare output latch to the default low level. This is not the data latch. SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE When Generate Software Interrupt mode is chosen, the CCP1 pin is not affected. The CCPIF bit is set causing a CCP interrupt (if enabled). 9.2.4 (Note 1) S TRISC<2> Comparator Clear Timer, CCP1 pin and latch D.C. PR2 Note 1: 8-bit timer is concatenated with 2-bit internal Q clock or 2 bits of the prescaler to create 10-bit time-base. A PWM output (Figure 9-4) has a time base (period) and a time that the output stays high (duty cycle). The frequency of the PWM is the inverse of the period (1/period). FIGURE 9-4: PWM OUTPUT Period SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER In this mode, an internal hardware trigger is generated, which may be used to initiate an action. The special event trigger output of CCP1 resets the TMR1 register pair. This allows the CCPR1 register to effectively be a 16-bit programmable period register for Timer1. The special event trigger output of CCP2 resets the TMR1 register pair and starts an A/D conversion (if the A/D module is enabled). Note: TMR2 TIMER1 MODE SELECTION Timer1 must be running in Timer mode or Synchronized Counter mode if the CCP module is using the compare feature. In Asynchronous Counter mode, the compare operation may not work. 9.2.3 Q CCP1(2) Duty Cycle (1) (1) Note 1: At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the PR2 register. 2: Output signal is shown as asserted high. The special event trigger from the CCP1and CCP2 modules will not set interrupt flag bit TMR1IF (PIR1<0>). DS41124A-page 54 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 9.3.1 PWM PERIOD 9.3.3 The PWM period is specified by writing to the PR2 register. The PWM period can be calculated using the following formula: PWM period = [(PR2) + 1] • 4 • TOSC • (TMR2 prescale value) The following steps should be taken when configuring the CCP module for PWM operation: 1. 2. PWM frequency is defined as 1 / [PWM period]. 3. When TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events occur on the next increment cycle: 4. • TMR2 is cleared • The CCP1 pin is set (exception: if PWM duty cycle = 0%, the CCP1 pin will not be set) • The PWM duty cycle is latched from CCPR1L into CCPR1H Note: 9.3.2 SET-UP FOR PWM OPERATION 5. Set the PWM period by writing to the PR2 register. Set the PWM duty cycle by writing to the CCPR1L register and CCP1CON<5:4> bits. Make the CCP1 pin an output by clearing the TRISC<2> bit. Set the TMR2 prescale value and enable Timer2 by writing to T2CON. Configure the CCP1 module for PWM operation. The Timer2 postscaler (see Section 8.1) is not used in the determination of the PWM frequency. The postscaler could be used to have a servo update rate at a different frequency than the PWM output. PWM DUTY CYCLE The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing to the CCPR1L register and to the CCP1CON<5:4> bits. Up to 10-bit resolution is available. The CCPR1L contains the eight MSbs and the CCP1CON<5:4> contains the two LSbs. This 10-bit value is represented by CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>. The following equation is used to calculate the PWM duty cycle in time: PWM duty cycle = (CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>) • Tosc • (TMR2 prescale value) CCPR1L and CCP1CON<5:4> can be written to at any time, but the duty cycle value is not latched into CCPR1H until after a match between PR2 and TMR2 occurs (i.e., the period is complete). In PWM mode, CCPR1H is a read-only register. The CCPR1H register and a 2-bit internal latch are used to double buffer the PWM duty cycle. This double buffering is essential for glitchless PWM operation. When the CCPR1H and 2-bit latch match TMR2 concatenated with an internal 2-bit Q clock or 2 bits of the TMR2 prescaler, the CCP1 pin is cleared. Maximum PWM resolution (bits) for a given PWM frequency: Resolution Note: = FINT log FPWM ( log(2) ) bits If the PWM duty cycle value is longer than the PWM period, the CCP1 pin will not be cleared. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 55 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 9-3: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CAPTURE, COMPARE, AND TIMER1 Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0Bh,8Bh, INTCON 10Bh,18Bh GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets 0000 000x 0000 000u 0Ch PIR1 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF USBIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 0Dh PIR2 — — — — — — — CCP2IF ---- ---0 ---- ---0 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE USBIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 8Dh PIE2 — — — — — — — CCP2IE ---- ---0 ---- ---0 87h TRISC PORTC Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111 0Eh TMR1L Holding register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 0Fh TMR1H Holding register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 10h T1CON 15h CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM register1 (LSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 16h CCPR1H Capture/Compare/PWM register1 (MSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 17h CCP1CON 1Bh CCPR2L Capture/Compare/PWM register2 (LSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 1Ch CCPR2H Capture/Compare/PWM register2 (MSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 1Dh CCP2CON — — — — — — T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON --00 0000 --uu uuuu DCnB1 DCnB1 DCnB0 DCnB0 CCP1M3 CCP2M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as ’0’. Shaded cells are not used by Capture and Timer1. Note 1: The PSP is not implemented on the PIC16C745; always maintain these bits clear. TABLE 9-4: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM AND TIMER2 Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0Bh,8Bh, INTCON 10Bh,18Bh GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF USBIF CCP1IF TMR2IF 0Ch PIR1 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets 0000 000x 0000 000u TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 0Dh PIR2 — — — — — — — CCP2IF ---- ---0 ---- ---0 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE USBIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 — — — — — — — CCP2IE ---- ---0 ---- ---0 8Dh PIE2 87h TRISC PORTC Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111 11h TMR2 Timer2 module’s register 0000 0000 0000 0000 92h PR2 Timer2 module’s period register 1111 1111 1111 1111 12h T2CON 15h CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM register1 (LSB) — 16h CCPR1H Capture/Compare/PWM register1 (MSB) 17h CCP1CON 1Bh CCPR2L Capture/Compare/PWM register2 (LSB) 1Ch CCPR2H Capture/Compare/PWM register2 (MSB) 1Dh CCP2CON — — TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -000 0000 — — DCnB1 DCnB1 DCnB0 DCnB0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CCP2M3 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by PWM and Timer2. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16C745; always maintain these bits clear. DS41124A-page 56 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 10.0 UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS 10.1.2 10.1 Overview Information communicated on the bus is grouped in a format called Frames. Each Frame is 1 ms in duration and is composed of multiple transfers. Each transfer type can be repeated more than once within a frame. This section introduces a minimum amount of information on USB. If you already have basic knowledge of USB, you can safely skip this section. If terms like Enumeration, Endpoint, IN/OUT Transactions, Transfers and Low Speed/Full Speed are foreign to you, read on. USB was developed to address the increased connectivity needs of PC’s in the PC 2000 specification. There was a base requirement to increase the bandwidth and number of devices, which could be attached. Also desired were the ability for hot swapping, user friendly operation, robust communications and low cost. The primary promoters of USB are Intel, Compaq, Microsoft and NEC. USB is implemented as a Tiered Star topology, with the host at the top, hubs in the middle, spreading out to the individual devices at the end. USB is limited to 127 devices on the bus, and the tree cannot be more than 6 levels deep. USB is a host centric architecture. The host is always the master. Devices are not allowed to “speak” unless “spoken to” by the host. Transfers take place at one of two speeds. Full Speed is 12 Mb/s and Low Speed is 1.5 Mb/s. Full Speed covers the middle ground of data intensive audio and compressed video applications, while low speed supports less data intensive applications. 10.1.1 TRANSFER PROTOCOLS Four transfer protocols are defined, each with attributes: - Isochronous Transfers, meaning equal time, guarantee a fixed amount of data at a fixed rate. This mode trades off guaranteed data accuracy for guaranteed timeliness. Data validity is not checked because there isn’t time to re-send bad packets anyway and the consequences of bad data are not catastrophic. - Bulk Transfers are the converse of Isochonous. Data accuracy is guaranteed, but timeliness is not. - Interrupt Transfers are designed to communicate with devices which have a moderate data rate requirement. Human Interface Devices like keyboards are but one example. For Interrupt Transfers, the key is the desire to transfer data at regular intervals. USB periodically polls these devices at a fixed rate to see if there is data to transfer. - Control Transfers are used for configuration purposes. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. 10.1.3 FRAMES POWER Power has always been a concern with any device. With USB, 5 volt power is now available directly from the bus. Devices may be self-powered or bus-powered. Self-powered devices will draw power from a wall adapter or power brick. On the other hand, buspowered devices will draw power directly from the USB bus itself. There are limits to how much power can be drawn from the USB bus. Power is expressed in terms of “unit loads” (≤100 mA). All devices, including Hubs, are guaranteed at least 1 unit load (low power), but must negotiate with the host for up to 5 unit loads (high power). If the host determines that the bus as currently configured cannot support a device’s request for more unit loads, the device will be denied the extra unit loads and must remain in a low power configuration. 10.1.4 END POINTS At the lowest level, each device controls one or more endpoints. An endpoint can be thought of as a virtual port. Endpoints are used to communicate with a device’s functions. Each endpoint is a source or sink of data. Endpoints have both an In and Out direction associated with it. Each device must implement endpoint 0 to support Control Transfers for configuration. There are a maximum of 15 endpoints available for use by each full speed device and 6 endpoints for each slow speed device. Remember that the bus is host centric, so In/Out is with respect to the host and not the device. 10.1.5 ENUMERATION Prior to communicating on the bus, the host must see that a new device has been connected and then go through an “enumeration process”. This process allows the host to ask the device to introduce itself, and negotiate performance parameters, such as power consumption, transfer protocol and polling rate. The enumeration process is initiated by the host when it detects that a new device has attached itself to the bus. This takes place completely in the background from the application process. 10.1.6 DESCRIPTORS The USB specification requires a number of different descriptors to provide information necessary to identify a device, specify its endpoints, and each endpoint’s function. The five general categories of descriptors are Device, Configuration, Interface, End Point and String. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 57 PIC16C745/765 The Device descriptor provides general information such as manufacturer, product number, serial number, USB device class the product falls under, and the number of different configurations supported. There can only be one Device descriptor for any given application. The Configuration descriptor provides information on the power requirements of the device and how many different interfaces are supported when in this configuration. There may be more than one configuration for each device, (i.e., a high power device may also support a low power configuration). The Interface descriptor details the number of endpoints used in this interface, as well as the class driver to use should the device support functions in more than just one device class. There can only be one Interface descriptor for each configuration. The Endpoint descriptor details the actual registers for a given function. Information is stored about the transfer types supported, direction (In/Out), bandwidth requirements and polling interval. There may be more than one endpoint in a device, and endpoints may be shared between different interfaces. Many of the four descriptors listed above will reference or index different String descriptors. String descriptors are used to provide vendor specific or application specific information. They may be optional and are encoded in “Unicode” format. 10.1.7 DEVICE CLASSES/CLASS DRIVERS Operating systems provide drivers which group functions together by common device types called classes. Examples of device classes include, but are not limited to, storage, audio, communications and HID (Human Interface). Class drivers for a given application are referenced in both the Device descriptor and Interface descriptor. Most applications can find a Class Driver which supports the majority of their function/command needs. Vendors who have a requirement for specific commands which are not supported by any of the standard class drivers may provide a vendor specific “.inf” file or driver for extra support. 10.1.8 SUMMARY While a complete USB overview is beyond the scope of this document, a few key concepts must be noted. Low speed communication is designed for devices, which in the past, used an interrupt to communicate with the host. In the USB scheme, devices do not directly interrupt the processor when they have data. Instead the host periodically polls each device to see if they have any data. This polling rate is negotiated between the device and host, giving the system a guaranteed latency. 10.2 Application Isolation Microchip provides a comprehensive support library of standard chapter 9 USB commands. These libraries provide a software layer to insulate the application software from having to handle the complexities of the USB protocol. A simple Put/Get interface is implemented to allow most of the USB processing to take place in the background within the USB interrupt service routine. Applications are encouraged to use the provided libraries during both enumeration and configured operation. 10.3 Introduction The USB peripheral module supports Low Speed control and interrupt (IN and OUT) transfers. The implementation supports 3 endpoint numbers (0, 1, 2) for a total of 6 endpoints. The following terms are used in the description of the USB module: • MCU - The core processor and corresponding firmware • SIE - Serial Interface Engine: That part of the USB that performs functions such as CRC generation and clocking of the D+ and D- signals. • USB - The USB module including SIE and registers • Bit Stuffing - forces insertion of a transition on D+ and D- to maintain clock synchronization • BD - Buffer Descriptor • BDT - Buffer Descriptor Table • EP - Endpoint (combination of endpoint number and direction) • IN - Packet transfer into the host • OUT - Packet transfer out of the host 10.4 USB Transaction When the USB transmits or receives data the SIE will first check that the corresponding endpoint and direction Buffer Description UOWN bit equals 1. The USB will move the data to or from the corresponding buffer. When the TOKEN is complete, the USB will update the BD status and change the UOWN bit to 0. The USTAT register is updated and the TOK_DNE interrupt is set. When the MCU processes the TOK_DNE interrupt it reads the USTAT register, which gives the MCU the information it needs to process the endpoint. At this point the MCU will process the data and set the corresponding UOWN bit. Figure 10-1 shows a time line of how a typical USB token would be processed. For more details on USB, see the USB V1.1 spec, available from the USB website at www.usb.org. DS41124A-page 58 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 10-1: USB TOKENS USB RESET USB_RST Interrupt Generated SETUP TOKEN DATA ACK TOK_DNE Interrupt Generated IN TOKEN DATA ACK TOK_DNE Interrupt Generated OUT TOKEN DATA ACK TOK_DNE Interrupt Generated = Host 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. = Device Advanced Information DS41124A-page 59 PIC16C745/765 10.5 USB Register Map 10.5.1.1 The USB Control Registers, Buffer Descriptors and Buffers are located in Bank 3. 10.5.1 CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTERS The USB module is controlled by 7 registers, plus those that control each endpoint and endpoint/direction buffer. USB Interrupt Register (UIR) The USB Interrupt Status Register (UIR) contains flag bits for each of the interrupt sources within the USB. Each of these bits are qualified with their respective interrupt enable bits (see the Interrupt Enable Register UIE). All bits of the register are logically OR’ed together to form a single interrupt source for the microprocessor interrupt found in PIR1 (USBIF). Once an interrupt bit has been set, it must be cleared by writing a 0. REGISTER 10-1: USB INTERRUPT FLAGS REGISTER (UIR: 190h) U-0 — bit7 U-0 — R/C-0 STALL R/C-0 R/C-0 R/C-0 UIDLE TOK_DNE ACTIVITY R/C-0 UERR R/C-0 USB_RST bit0 R = Readable bit C = Clearable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset bit 7-6: Unimplemented: Read as '0'. bit 5: STALL: A STALL handshake was sent by the SIE. bit 4: UIDLE: This bit is set if the USB has detected a constant idle on the USB bus signals for 3 ms. The idle timer is reset by activity on the USB bus. Once a IDLE condition has been detected, the user may wish to place the USB module in SUSPEND by setting the SUSPEND bit in the UCTRL register. bit 3: TOK_DNE: This bit is set when the current token being processed is complete. The microprocessor should immediately read the USTAT register to determine the Endpoint number and direction used for this token. Clearing this bit causes the USTAT register to be cleared or the USTAT holding register to be loaded into the STAT register if another token has been processed. bit 2: ACTIVITY: Activity on the D+/D- lines will cause the SIE to set this bit. Typically this bit is unmasked following detection of SLEEP. Users must enable the activity interrupt in the USB Interrupt Register (UIE: 191h) prior to entering suspend. bit 1: UERR: This bit is set when any of the error conditions within the ERR_STAT register has occurred. The MCU must then read the ERR_STAT register to determine the source of the error. bit 0: USB_RST: This bit is set when the USB has decoded a valid USB reset. This will inform the MCU to write 00h into the address register and enable endpoint 0. USB_RST is set once a USB reset has been detected for 2.5 microseconds. It will not be asserted again until the USB reset condition has been removed, and then reasserted. Note 1: Bits can only be modified when UCTRL.SUSPND = 0. DS41124A-page 60 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 10.5.1.2 USB Interrupt Enable Register (UIE) The USB Interrupt Enable Register (UIE) contains enable bits for each of the interrupt sources within the USB. Setting any of these bits will enable the respective interrupt source in the UIR register. The values in the UIE register only affect the propagation of an interrupt condition to the PIE1 register. Interrupt conditions can still be polled and serviced. REGISTER 10-2: USB INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER (UIE: 191h) U-0 — bit7 U-0 — R/W-0 STALL R/W-0 UIDLE R/W-0 R/W-0 TOK_DNE ACTIVITY R/W-0 UERR R/W-0 USB_RST bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset bit 7-6: Unimplemented: Read as '0'. bit 5: STALL: Set to enable STALL interrupts. 1 = STALL interrupt enabled 0 = STALL interrupt disabled bit 4: UIDLE: Set to enable IDLE interrupts. 1 = IDLE interrupt enabled 0 = IDLE interrupt disabled bit 3: TOK_DNE: Set to enable TOK_DNE interrupts. 1 = TOK_DNE interrupt enabled 0 = TOK_DNE interrupt disabled bit 2(1): ACTIVITY: Set to enable ACTIVITY interrupts. 1 = ACTIVITY interrupt enabled 0 = ACTIVITY interrupt disabled bit 1: UERR: Set to enable ERROR interrupts. 1 = ERROR interrupt enabled 0 = ERROR interrupt disabled bit 0: USB_RST: Set to enable USB_RST interrupts. 1 = USB_RST interrupt enabled 0 = USB_RST interrupt disabled Note 1: This interrupt is the only interrupt active during UCTRL suspend = 1. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 61 PIC16C745/765 10.5.1.3 USB Error Interrupt Status Register (UEIR) The USB Error Interrupt Status Register (UEIR) contains bits for each of the error sources within the USB. Each of these bits are enabled by their respective error enable bits (UEIE). The result is OR’ed together and sent to the ERROR bit of the UIR register. Once an interrupt bit has been set it must be cleared by writing a zero to the respective interrupt bit. Each bit is set as soon as the error condition is detected. Thus, the interrupt will typically not correspond with the end of a token being processed. REGISTER 10-3: USB ERROR INTERRUPT FLAGS STATUS REGISTER (UEIR: 192h) R/C-0 R/C-0 R/C-0 R/C-0 BTS_ERR OWN_ERR WRT_ERR BTO_ERR bit7 R/C-0 DFN8 R/C-0 CRC16 R/C-0 CRC5 R/C-0 PID_ERR bit0 R = Readable bit C = Clearable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset bit 7: BTS_ERR: A bit stuff error has been detected. bit 6: OWN_ERR: This bit is set if the USB is processing a token and the OWN bit within the BDT is equal to 0 (signifying that the microprocessor owns the BDT and the SIE does not have access to the BDT). If processing an IN TOKEN this would cause a transmit data underflow condition. Processing an OUT or SETUP TOKEN would cause a receive data overflow condition. bit 5: WRT_ERR: Write Error. A write by the MCU to the USB Buffer Descriptor Table or Buffer area was unsuccessful. bit 4: BTO_ERR: This bit is set if a bus turnaround time-out error has occurred. This USB uses a bus turnaround timer to keep track of the amount of time elapsed between the token and data phases of a SETUP or OUT TOKEN or the data and handshake phases of a IN TOKEN. If more than 17-bit times are counted from the previous EOP before a transition from IDLE, a bus turnaround time-out error will occur. bit 3: DFN8: The data field received was not 8 bits. The USB Specification 1.1 specifies that data field must be an integral number of bytes. If the data field was not an integral number of bytes this bit will be set. bit 2: CRC16: The CRC16 failed. bit 1: CRC5: This interrupt will detect CRC5 error in the token packets generated by the host. If set the token packet was rejected due to a CRC5 error. bit 0: PID_ERR: The PID check field failed. Note 1: Bits can only be modified when UCTRL.SUSPND = 0. DS41124A-page 62 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 10.5.1.4 Error Interrupt Enable Register (UEIE) The USB Error Interrupt Enable Register (UEIE) contains enable bits for each of the error interrupt sources within the USB. Setting any of these bits will enable the respective error interrupt source in the UEIR register. REGISTER 10-4: USB ERROR INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER (UEIE: 193h) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 BTS_ERR OWN_ERR WRT_ERR BTO_ERR R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 DFN8 CRC16 CRC5 PID_ERR bit7 bit0 bit 7: BTS_ERR: Set this bit to enable BTS_ERR interrupts. 1 = BTS_ERR interrupt enabled 0 = BTS_ERR interrupt disabled bit 6: OWN_ERR: Set this bit to enable OWN_ERR interrupts. 1 = OWN_ERR interrupt enabled 0 = OWN_ERR interrupt disabled bit 5: WRT_ERR: Set this bit to enable WRT_ERR interrupts. 1 = WRT_ERR interrupt enabled 0 = WRT_ERR interrupt disabled bit 4: BTO_ERR: Set this bit to enable BTO_ERR interrupts. 1 = BTO_ERR interrupt enabled 0 = BTO_ERR interrupt disabled bit 3: DFN8: Set this bit to enable DFN8 interrupts. 1 = DFN8 interrupt enabled 0 = DFN8 interrupt disabled bit 2: CRC16: Set this bit to enable CRC16 interrupts. 1 = CRC16 interrupt enabled 0 = CRC16 interrupt disabled bit 1: CRC5: Set this bit to enable CRC5 interrupts. 1 = CRC5 interrupt enabled 0 = CRC5 interrupt disabled bit 0: PID_ERR: Set this bit to enable PID_ERR interrupts. 1 = PID_ERR interrupt enabled 0 = PID_ERR interrupt disabled 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset DS41124A-page 63 PIC16C745/765 10.5.1.5 Status Register (USTAT) The USB Status Register reports the transaction status within the USB. When the MCU recognizes a TOK_DNE interrupt, this register should be read to determine the status of the previous endpoint communication. The data in the status register is valid when the TOK_DNE interrupt bit is asserted. The USTAT register is actually a read window into a status FIFO maintained by the USB. When the USB uses a BD, it updates the status register. If another USB transaction is performed before the TOK_DNE interrupt is serviced the USB will store the status of the next transaction in the STAT FIFO. Thus, the STAT register is actually a four byte FIFO which allows the MCU to process one transaction while the SIE is processing the next. Clearing the TOK_DNE bit in the INT_STAT register causes the SIE to update the STAT register with the contents of the next STAT value. If the data in the STAT holding register is valid, the SIE will immediately reassert the TOK_DNE interrupt. REGISTER 10-5: USB STATUS REGISTER (USTAT: 194h) U-0 — bit7 U-0 — U-0 — R-X R-X R-X ENDP1 ENDP0 IN U-0 — U-0 — bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset X = Don’t care bit 7-5: Unimplemented: Read as ’0’. bit 4-3: ENDP<1:0>: These bits encode the endpoint address that received or transmitted the previous token. This allows the microprocessor to determine which BDT entry was updated by the last USB transaction. bit 2: IN: This bit indicates the direction of the last BD that was updated. 1 = The last transaction was an IN TOKEN 0 = The last transaction was an OUT or SETUP TOKEN bit 1-0: Unimplemented: Read as ’0’. DS41124A-page 64 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 10.5.1.6 USB Control Register (UCTRL) The control register provides various control and configuration information for the USB. REGISTER 10-6: USB CONTROL REGISTER (UCTRL: 195h) U-0 — bit7 U-0 — R-X SE0 R/C-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 PKT_DIS Config_Bit RESUME SUSPND U-0 — bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit C = Clearable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset X = Don’t care bit 7-6: Unimplemented: Read as ’0’. bit 5: SE0: Live Single Ended Zero. This status bit indicates that the D+ and D- lines are both pulled to low. 1 = single ended zero being received 0 = single ended zero not being received bit 4 PKT_DIS: The PKT_DIS bit informs the MCU that the SIE has disabled packet transmission and reception. Clearing this bit allows the SIE to continue token processing. This bit is set by the SIE when a Setup Token is received allowing software to dequeue any pending packet transactions in the BDT before resuming token processing. The PKT_DIS bit is set under certain conditions such as back to back SETUP tokens. This bit is not set on every SETUP token and can be modified only when UCTRL.SUSPND = 0. bit 3: Config_Bit: Configuration bit used by firmware during enumeration. bit 2: RESUME: Setting this bit will allow the USB to execute resume signaling. This will allow the USB to perform remote wake-up. Software must set RESUME to 1 for 10 mS then clear it to 0 to enable remote wakeup. For more information on RESUME signaling, see Section 7.1.7.5, 11.9 and 11.4.4 in the USB 1.1 specification. 1 = perform Resume signaling 0 = normal operation bit 1: SUSPND: Suspends USB operation and clocks and places the module in low power mode. This bit will generally be set in response to a UIDLE interrupt. It will generally be reset after an ACTIVITY interrupt. The VUSB pin will still be driven, however the transceiver outputs are disabled. 1 = USB module in power conserve mode 0 = USB module normal operation bit 0: Unimplemented: Read as ’0’. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 65 PIC16C745/765 10.5.1.7 USB Address Register (UADDR) The Address Register (UADDR) contains the unique USB address that the USB will decode. The register is reset to 00h after the reset input has gone active or the USB has decoded a USB reset signaling. That will initialize the address register to decode address 00h as required by the USB specification. The USB address must be written by the MCU during the USB SETUP phase. REGISTER 10-7: USB ADDRESS REGISTER (UADDR: 196h) U-0 — bit7 bit 7: R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ADDR6 ADDR5 ADDR4 ADDR3 ADDR2 ADDR1 ADDR0 bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset Unimplemented: Read as ’0’. bit 6-0: ADDR<6:0>: This 7-bit value defines the USB address that the USB will decode. 10.5.1.8 USB Software Status Register This register is used by the USB firmware libraries for USB status. REGISTER 10-8: RESERVED SOFTWARE LIBRARY REGISTER (USWSTAT: 197H):. R/W-0 7 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Function IDs 10.5.1.9 Configuration Status R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset Endpoint Registers Each endpoint is controlled by an Endpoint Control Register. The PIC16C745/765 supports Buffer Descriptors (BD) for the following endpoints: - EP0 Out EP0 In EP1 Out EP1 In EP2 Out EP2 In The user will be required to disable unused Endpoints and directions using the Endpoint Control Registers. DS41124A-page 66 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 10.5.1.10 USB Endpoint Control Register (EPCn) The Endpoint Control Registers contains the endpoint control bits for each of the 6 endpoints available on USB for a decoded address. These four bits define the control necessary for any one endpoint. Endpoint 0 (ENDP0) is associated with control pipe 0 which is required by USB for all functions (IN, OUT, and SETUP). Therefore, after a USB_RST interrupt has been received the microprocessor should set ENDPT0 to contain 06h. REGISTER 10-9: USB ENDPOINT CONTROL REGISTER (UEPn: 198H-19Ah) U-0 — bit7 U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 EP_CTL_DIS EP_OUT_EN EP_IN_EN EP_STALL bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset bit 7-4: Unimplemented: Read as ’0’. bit 3-1: EP_CTL_DIS, EP_OUT_EN, EP_IN_EN: These three bits define if an endpoint is enabled and the direction of the endpoint. The endpoint enable/direction control is defined as follows: EP_CTL_DIS EP_OUT_EN bit 0: EP_IN_EN Endpoint Enable/Direction Control X 0 0 Disable Endpoint X 0 1 Enable Endpoint for IN tokens only X 1 0 Enable Endpoint for OUT tokens only 1 1 1 Enable Endpoint for IN and OUT tokens 0 1 1 Enable Endpoint for IN, OUT, and SETUP tokens EP_STALL: When this bit is set it indicates that the endpoint is stalled. This bit has priority over all other control bits in the Endpoint Enable register, but is only valid if EP_IN_EN=1 or EP_OUT_EN=1. Any access to this endpoint will cause the USB to return a STALL handshake. The EP_STALL bit can be set or cleared by the SIE. Refer to the USB 1.1 Specification, Sections 4.4.4 and 8.5.2 for more details on the STALL protocol. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 67 PIC16C745/765 10.6 Buffer Descriptor Table (BDT) To efficiently manage USB endpoint communications the USB implements a Buffer Descriptor Table (BDT) in register space. Every endpoint requires a 4 byte Buffer Descriptor (BD) entry. Because the buffers are shared between the MCU and the USB, a simple semaphore mechanism is used to distinguish which is allowed to update the BD and buffers in system memory. The UOWN bit is cleared when the BD entry is “owned” by the MCU. When the UOWN bit is set to 1, the BD entry and the buffer in system memory is owned by the USB. The MCU should not modify the BD or its corresponding data buffer. The Buffer Descriptors provide endpoint buffer control information for the USB and MCU. The Buffer Descriptors have different meaning based on the value of the UOWN bit. The USB Controller uses the data stored in the BDs when UOWN = 1 to determine: • • • • Data0 or Data1 PID Data toggle synchronization enable Number of bytes to be transmitted or received Starting location of the buffer The MCU uses the data stored in the BDs when UOWN = 0 to determine: • • • Data0 or Data1 PID The received TOKEN PID Number of bytes transmitted or received Each endpoint has a 4 byte Buffer Descriptor and points to a data buffer in the USB dual port register space. Control of the BD and buffer would typically be handled in the following fashion: • • • The MCU verifies UOWN = 0, sets the BDndAL to point to the start of a buffer, if necessary fills the buffer, then sets the BDndST byte to the desired value with UOWN = 1. When the host commands an in or out transaction, the Serial Interface Engine (SIE) performs the following: - Get the buffer address - Read or write the buffer - Update the USTAT register - Update the buffer descriptors with the packet ID (PID) value - Set the data 0/1 bit - Update the byte count - Clear the UOWN bit The MCU is interrupted and reads the USTAT, translates that value to a BD, where the UOWN, PID, Data 0/1, and byte count values are checked. DS41124A-page 68 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 REGISTER 10-10: BUFFER DESCRIPTOR STATUS REGISTER. BITS WRITTEN BY THE MCU (BDndST: 1A0h, 1A4h, 1A8h, 1ACh, 1B0h, 1B4h) W-X UOWN bit7 bit 7: bit 6: W-X DATA0/1 U-X — U-X — W-X DTS W-X BSTALL U-X — U-X — bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset X = Don’t care UOWN: USB Own. This UOWN bit determines who currently owns the buffer. The SIE writes a 0 to this bit when it has completed a token. This byte of the BD should always be the last byte the MCU updates when it initializes a BD. Once the BD has been assigned to the USB, the MCU should not change it in any way. 1 = USB has exclusive access to the BD. The MCU should not modify the BD or buffer. 0 = The MCU has exclusive access to the BD. The USB ignores all other fields in the BD. DATA0/1: This bit defines the type of data toggle packet that was transmitted or received. 1 = Data 1 packet 0 = Data 0 packet bit 5-4: Reserved: Read as ’X’. bit 3: DTS: Setting this bit will enable the USB to perform Data Toggle Synchronization. If a packet arrives with an incorrect DTS, it will be ignored and the buffer will remain unchanged. 1 = Data Toggle Synchronization is performed 0 = No Data Toggle Synchronization is performed bit 2: BSTALL: Buffer Stall. Setting this bit will cause the USB to issue a STALL handshake if a token is received by the SIE that would use the BD in this location. The BD is not consumed by the SIE (the own bit remains and the rest of the BD are unchanged) when a BSTALL bit is set. bit 1-0: Reserved: Read as ’X’. Note: Recommend that users not use BSF, BCF due to the dual functionality of this register. REGISTER 10-11: BUFFER DESCRIPTOR STATUS. BITS READ BY THE MCU. (BDndST: 1A0h, 1A4h, 1A8h, 1ACh, 1B0h, 1B4h) R/W-0 UOWN bit7 bit 7: bit 6: R/W-X DATA0/1 R/W-X PID3 R/W-X PID2 R/W-X PID1 R/W-X PID0 U-X — U-X — bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset X = Don’t care UOWN: USB Own. This UOWN bit determines who currently owns the buffer. The SIE writes a 0 to this bit when it has completed a token. This byte of the BD should always be the last byte the MCU updates when it initializes a BD. Once the BD has been assigned to the USB, the MCU should not change it in any way. 1 = USB has exclusive access to the BD. The MCU should not modify the BD or buffer. 0 = The MCU has exclusive access to the BD. The USB ignores all other fields in the BD. DATA0/1: This bit defines the type of data toggle packet that was transmitted or received. 1 = Data 1 packet 0 = Data 0 packet bit 5-2: PID<3:0>: Packet Identifier. The received token PID value bit 1-0: Reserved: Read as 'X'. Note: Recommend that users not use BSF, BCF due to the dual functionality of this register. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 69 PIC16C745/765 REGISTER 10-12: BUFFER DESCRIPTOR BYTE COUNT (BDndBC: 1A1h, 1A5h, 1A9h, 1ADh, 1B1h, 1B5h)) U-X — bit7 U-X — U-X — U-X — R/W-X BC3 R/W-X BC2 R/W-X BC1 R/W-X BC0 bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset X = Don’t care bit 7-4: Reserved: Read as ’X’. bit 3-0: BC<3:0>: The Byte Count bits represent the number of bytes that will be transmitted for an IN TOKEN or received during an OUT TOKEN. Valid byte counts are 0 - 8. The SIE will change this field upon the completion of an OUT or SETUP token with the actual byte count of the data received. REGISTER 10-13: BUFFER DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS LOW (BDndAL: 1A2h, 1A6h, 1AAh, 1AEh, 1B2h, 1B6h) R/W-X BA7 bit7 R/W-X BA6 R/W-X BA5 R/W-X BA4 R/W-X BA3 R/W-X BA2 R/W-X BA1 R/W-X BA0 bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR reset X = Don’t care bit 7-0: BA<7:0>: Buffer Address. The base address of the buffer controlled by this endpoint. The upper order bit address (BA8) of the 9-bit address is assumed to be 1h. This value must point to a location within the dual port memory space (1B8h - 1DFh). The upper order bits of the address are assumed to point to Bank 3. Note 1: This register should always contain a value between B8h-DFh. 10.6.1 10.7.1.1 ENDPOINT BUFFERS The VUSB provides a 3.3V nominal output. This drive current is sufficient for a pull-up only. Endpoint buffers are located in the Dual Port RAM area. The starting location of an endpoint buffer is determined by the Buffer Descriptor. 10.7 10.8 TRANSCEIVER USB Software Libraries Microchip Technology provides a comprehensive set of Chapter 9 Standard requests functions to aid developers in implementing their designs. See Microchip Technology’s website for the latest version of the software libraries. An on-chip integrated transceiver is included to drive the D+/D- physical layer of the USB. 10.7.1 VUSB Output REGULATOR A 3.3V regulator provides the D+/D- drives with power. A +20% 10nF capacitor is required on VUSB for regulator stability. TABLE 10-1: USB PORT FUNCTIONS Function Input Type Output Type VUSB — Power D- USB USB USB Differential Bus D+ USB OD = open drain, ST = Schmitt Trigger USB USB Differential Bus Name VUSB DD+ Legend: DS41124A-page 70 Description 3.3V for pull up resistor Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 10.9 USB Firmware Users Guide 10.9.3 10.9.1 INTRODUCING THE USB SOFTWARE INTERFACE 10.9.3.1 Microchip provides a layer of software that handles the lowest level interface so your application won’t have to. This provides a simple Put/Get interface for communication. Most of the USB processing takes place in the background through the Interrupt Service Routine. From the application viewpoint, the enumeration process and data communication takes place without further interaction. FIGURE 10-2: USB SOFTWARE INTERFACE Main Application Put Get Init Most of the USB processing occurs via the interrupt and thus is invisible to application. However it still consumes processor resources. These include ROM, RAM, Common RAM, Stack Levels and processor cycles. This section attempts to quantify the impact on each of these resources, and shows ways to avoid conflicts. These are the considerations you'll need to take into account if you write your own Interrupt Service Routine: Save W, Status, FSR and PCLATH which are the file registers that may be corrupted by servicing the USB interrupt. 10.9.3.2 USB INTEGRATING USB INTO YOUR APPLICATION The latest version of the USB interface software is available on Microchip Technology’s website. See http://www.microchip.com/ Communicating on USB is similar to communicating via a hardware USART. The main difference is that a USART typically works on a single byte at a time, where USB operates on a buffer of up to 8 bytes at a time. There is one function defined to start the enumeration process and two additional functions are defined for moving buffers between the main application and the USB peripheral. InitUSB initializes the USB peripheral allowing the host to enumerate the device. Then for normal data communications, function PutUSB sends data to the host and function GetUSB receives data from the host. There's a lot that happens behind the scenes to make the communication work, but these calls are all an application needs to communicate on the bus. The rest is handled on an interrupt basis. InitUSB initializes the Buffer Descriptor table, and enables the USB interrupt so enumeration can begin. The actual enumeration process occurs automatically, driven by the host and interrupt service routine. The macro ConfiguredUSB waits until the device is in the CONFIGURED mode and ready to go. The time required to enumerate is completely dependent on the host and bus loading. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Processor Resources We provide a skeleton ISR which will do this for you, and includes tests for each of the possible ISR bits. This provides a good place to start from if you haven't already written your own. See file USB_INT.ASM. USB Peripheral 10.9.2 INTERRUPT STRUCTURE CONCERNS Stack Levels The hardware stack on the device is only 8 levels deep. So the worst case call between the application and ISR can only be 8 levels. The enumeration process requires 6 levels, so it's best if the main application holds off on any processing until enumeration is complete. ConfiguredUSB is a macro that waits until the enumeration process is complete for exactly this purpose. 10.9.3.3 ROM The code required to support the USB interrupt, including the chapter 9 interface calls, but not including the descriptor tables is about 1kW. The descriptor and string descriptor tables can each take up to an additional 256W. The location of these parts is not restricted, and the linker script may be edited to control the placement of each part. See the Strings and Descriptors sections in the linker script 10.9.3.4 RAM With the exception of Common RAM discussed below, servicing the USB interrupt costs ~40 bytes of RAM in Bank 2. That leaves all the General Purpose RAM in banks zero and one, plus half of bank two available for your application to use. 10.9.3.5 Common RAM usage The PIC16C745/765 has 16 bytes of common RAM. These are the last 16 addresses in each bank and all refer to the same 16 bytes of memory without regard to which register bank is currently addressed by the RP0 and RP1 bits. These are particularly useful when responding to interrupts. When an interrupt occurs, the ISR doesn't immediately know which bank is addressed. With devices that don't support common RAM, the W regis- Advanced Information DS41124A-page 71 PIC16C745/765 ter must be provided for in each bank. The 16C745/ 765 can save the appropriate registers in Common RAM and not have to waste a byte in each bank for W register. 10.9.3.6 Buffer allocation The PIC16C745/765 has 64 bytes of Dual Port RAM. 24 are used for the Buffer Descriptor Table (BDT) leaving 40 bytes for buffers. Endpoint 0 IN and OUT need dedicated buffers since a setup transaction can never be NAKed. That leaves three buffers for four possible Endpoints. But the USB spec requires that low speed devices are only allowed 2 endpoints (USB 1.1 paragraph 5.3.1.2), where an endpoint is a simplex connection that defined by the combination of Endpoint number and direction. The default configuration allocates individual buffers to EP0 OUT, EP0 In, EP1 Out, and EP1 In. The last buffer is shared between EP2 In and EP2 Out. Again, the spec says low speed devices can only use 2 endpoints beyond EP0. This configuration supports most of the possible combinations of endpoints (EP1 OUT and EP1 IN, EP1OUT and EP2IN, EP1 OUT and EP2 OUT, EP1 IN and EP2 OUT, EP1 IN and EP2 IN). The only combination that is not supported by this configuration is Endpoint 2 IN and Endpoint 2 OUT. If your application needs both EP2 IN and EP2 OUT, the function USBReset will need to be edited to give each of these dedicated buffers at the expense of EP1. 10.9.4 FUNCTION CALL REFERENCE Interface between the Application and Protocol layer takes place in three main functions: InitUSB, PutUSB and GetUSB. InitUSB should be called by the main program immediately upon power-up. It sets up the Buffer Descriptor Table, transitions the part to the Powered state, and prepares the device for enumeration. At this point the USB Reset is the only USB interrupt allowed, preventing the part from responding to anything on the bus until it’s been reset. The USB Reset interrupt transitions the part to the default state where it responds to commands on address zero. When it receives a SET ADDRESS command, the device transitions to the addressed state and now responds to commands on the new address. PutUSB (Buffer pointer, Buffer size, Endpoint) sends data up to the host. The pointer to the block of data to transmit, is in the FSR/IRP, and the block size and endpoint is passed in W register. If the IN buffer is available for that endpoint, the block of data is copied to the buffer, then the Data 0/1 bit is flipped and the owns bit is set. A buffer not available would occur when it has been previously loaded and the host has not requested that the USB peripheral transmit it. In this case, a failure code would be returned so the application can try again later. DS41124A-page 72 GetUSB (Buffer Pointer, Endpoint) returns data sent from the host. If there is a buffer ready (i.e., data has been received from the host) it is copied to the destination pointed to by FSR/IRP (A buffer pointer in FSF/ IRP and the endpoint number in W must be provided.). If no data is available, it returns a failure code. Thus, the functions of polling for buffer ready and copying the data are combined into the one function. ServiceUSBInt handles all interrupts generated by the USB peripheral. First it copies the active buffer to common RAM which provides a quick turn around on the buffer in dual port RAM and also to avoids having to switch banks during processing of the buffer. StallUSBEP/UnstallUSBEP sets or clears the stall bit in the endpoint control register. The stall bit indicates to the host that user intervention is required and until such intervention is made, further attempts to communicate with the endpoint will not be successful. Once the user intervention has been made, UnstallUSBEP will clear the bit allowing communications to take place. These calls are useful to signal to the host that user intervention is required. An example of this might be a printer out of paper. CheckSleep Tests the UCTRL.UIDLE bit if set, indicating that there has been no activity on the bus for 3 mS, puts the device to sleep. This puts the part into a low power standby mode until awakened by bus activity. This has to be handled outside the ISR because we need the interrupt to wake us from sleep, and also because the application may not be ready to sleep when the interrupt occurs. Instead, the application should periodically call this function to poll the bit when the device is in a good place to sleep. Prior to putting the device to sleep, it enables the activity interrupt so the device will be awakened by the first transition on the bus. The device will immediately jump to the ISR, recognizing the activity interrupt, which then disables the interrupt and resumes processing with the instruction following the CheckSleep call. ConfiguredUSB (Macro) Continuously polls the enumeration status bits and waits until the device has been configured by the host. 10.9.5 BEHIND THE SCENES The ISR calls ServiceUSBInt, which then further has to mask the USB Interrupt register with the USB Interrupt Enable bits, then see what caused the interrupt. InitUSB only enables the Reset interrupt (USB_RST). This prevents the device from responding to anything on the bus until it’s been reset by the host. When the reset is received, the Buffer Descriptors are initialized, most of the rest of the interrupts are unmasked and the device transitions from the POWERED to DEFAULT state. Now it can respond to commands on address zero. From there the rest of the enumeration process takes place, including assigning an address to the device through the SET_ADDRESS command and selecting a configuration through the Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 SET_CONFIGURATION command. Once the device is configured, the application can communicate with the host using the GetUSB and PutUSB calls. The USB peripheral detects several different errors and handles most internally. The USB_ERR interrupt notifies the microcontroller that an error has occurred. No action is required by the device when an error occurs. Instead the errors are simply acknowledged and counted. There is no mechanism to pull the device off the bus if there are too many errors. If this behavior is desired it must be implemented in the application. The Activity interrupt is left disabled until the USB peripheral detects no bus activity for 3 mS. Then it suspends the USB peripheral and enables the activity interrupt. The activity interrupt then reactivates the USB peripheral when bus activity resumes so processing may continue. CheckSleep is a separate call that takes the bus idle one step further and puts the device to sleep if the USB peripheral has detected no activity on the bus. This powers down most of the device to minimal current draw. This call should be made at a point in the main loop where all other processing is complete. 10.9.6 EXAMPLES This example shows how the USB functions are used. This example first initializes the USB peripheral which allows the host to enumerate the device. The enumeration process occurs in the background, via an Interrupt service routine. This function waits until enumeration is complete, and then polls EP1 OUT to see if there is any data available. When a buffer is available, it is copied to the IN buffer. Presumably your application would do something more interesting with the data than this example. ; ****************************************************************** ; Demo program that initializes the USB peripheral, allows the Host ; to Enumerate, then copies buffers from EP1OUT to EP1IN. ; ****************************************************************** main call InitUSB ; Set up everything so we can enumerate ConfiguredUSB ; wait here until we have enumerated. idleloop call CheckSleep bcf movlw movwf movlw call btfss goto STATUS,IRP buffer FSR 1 GetUSB STATUS,C idleloop CheckEP1 PutBuffer bcf movwf movlw movwf swapf iorlw call btfss goto goto STATUS,IRP bufferlen buffer FSR bufferlen,w 1 PutUSB STATUS,C PutBuffer idleloop ; Ok, here’s a good point to put part to sleep if no activity on the bus. ; Check Endpoint 1 for an OUT transaction ; point to lower banks ; ; ; ; ; point FSR to our buffer check end point 1 If data is ready, it will be copied. was there any data for us? Nope, check again. ; point to lower banks ; save buffer length ; point FSR to our buffer ; upper nybble of W is buffer length ; lower nybble of W is EndPoint number ; was it successful? ; No: try again until successful ; Yes: restart loop end 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 73 PIC16C745/765 10.9.7 ASSEMBLING THE CODE The code is designed to be used with the linker. There is no provision for include-able files. The code comes packaged as several different files: • USB_CH9.ASM - handles all the Chapter 9 command processing. • USB_INTF.ASM - Provides the interface functions PutUSB, GetUSB • USBMACRO.INC - Macros used by • USB_DEFS.INC - #Defines used throughout the code. • USB_INT.ASM - Sample interrupt service routine. • 16C765.LKR - Linker script (provided with MPLAB) 10.9.7.1 Assembly Options: There are two #defines at the top of the code that control assembly options. 10.9.7.2 #define ERRORCOUNTERS This define includes code to count the number of errors that occur, by type of error. This requires extra code and RAM locations to implement the counters. 10.9.7.3 #define FUNCTIONIDS This is useful for debug. It encodes the upper 6 bits of USWSTAT (0x197) to indicate which function is executing. DS41124A-page 74 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 11.0 UNIVERSAL SYNCHRONOUS ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER TRANSMITTER (USART) as a half duplex synchronous system that can communicate with peripheral devices, such as A/D or D/A integrated circuits, Serial EEPROMs etc. The USART can be configured in the following modes: The Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART) module is one of the two serial I/ O modules. (USART is also known as a Serial Communications Interface or SCI). The USART can be configured as a full duplex asynchronous system that can communicate with peripheral devices, such as CRT terminals and personal computers, or it can be configured • Asynchronous (full duplex) • Synchronous - Master (half duplex) • Synchronous - Slave (half duplex) Bits SPEN (RCSTA<7>) and TRISC<7:6> have to be set in order to configure pins RC6/TX/CK and RC7/RX/ DT as the universal synchronous asynchronous receiver transmitter. REGISTER 11-1: TRANSMIT STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (TXSTA: 98h) R/W-0 CSRC bit7 bit 7: R/W-0 TX9 R/W-0 TXEN R/W-0 SYNC U-0 — R/W-0 BRGH R-1 TRMT R/W-0 TX9D bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset CSRC: Clock Source Select bit Asynchronous mode Don’t care Synchronous mode 1 = Master mode (Clock generated internally from BRG) 0 = Slave mode (Clock from external source) bit 6: TX9: 9-bit Transmit Enable bit 1 = Selects 9-bit transmission 0 = Selects 8-bit transmission bit 5: TXEN: Transmit Enable bit 1 = Transmit enabled 0 = Transmit disabled Note: SREN/CREN overrides TXEN in SYNC mode. bit 4: SYNC: USART Mode Select bit 1 = Synchronous mode 0 = Asynchronous mode bit 3: Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 2: BRGH: High Baud Rate Select bit Asynchronous mode 1 = High speed 0 = Low speed Synchronous mode Unused in this mode bit 1: TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Status bit 1 = TSR empty 0 = TSR full bit 0: TX9D: 9th bit of transmit data. (Can be used for parity.) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 75 PIC16C745/765 REGISTER 11-2: RECEIVE STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (RCSTA: 18h) R/W-0 SPEN bit7 R/W-0 RX9 R/W-0 SREN R/W-0 CREN U-0 — R-0 FERR R-0 OERR R-x RX9D bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset bit 7: SPEN: Serial Port Enable bit 1 = Serial port enabled (Configures RC7/RX/DT and RC6/TX/CK pins as serial port pins) 0 = Serial port disabled bit 6: RX9: 9-bit Receive Enable bit 1 = Selects 9-bit reception 0 = Selects 8-bit reception bit 5: SREN: Single Receive Enable bit Asynchronous mode Don’t care Synchronous mode - master 1 = Enables single receive 0 = Disables single receive This bit is cleared after reception is complete. Synchronous mode - slave Unused in this mode bit 4: CREN: Continuous Receive Enable bit Asynchronous mode 1 = Enables continuous receive 0 = Disables continuous receive Synchronous mode 1 = Enables continuous receive until enable bit CREN is cleared (CREN overrides SREN) 0 = Disables continuous receive bit 3: Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 2: FERR: Framing Error bit 1 = Framing error (Can be updated by reading RCREG register and receive next valid byte) 0 = No framing error bit 1: OERR: Overrun Error bit 1 = Overrun error (Can be cleared by clearing bit CREN) 0 = No overrun error bit 0: RX9D: 9th bit of received data. (Can be used for parity.) DS41124A-page 76 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 11.1 Writing a new value to the SPBRG register causes the BRG timer to be reset (or cleared). This ensures the BRG does not wait for a timer overflow before outputting the new baud rate. USART Baud Rate Generator (BRG) The BRG supports both the asynchronous and synchronous modes of the USART. It is a dedicated 8-bit baud rate generator. The SPBRG register controls the period of a free running 8-bit timer. In asynchronous mode, bit BRGH (TXSTA<2>) also controls the baud rate. In synchronous mode, bit BRGH is ignored. Table 11-1 shows the formula for computation of the baud rate for different USART modes which only apply in master mode (internal clock). 11.1.1 SAMPLING The data on the RC7/RX/DT pin is sampled three times near the center of each bit time by a majority detect circuit to determine if a high or a low level is present at the RX pin. Given the desired baud rate and FINT, the nearest integer value for the SPBRG register can be calculated using the formula in Table 11-1. From this, the error in baud rate can be determined. It may be advantageous to use the high baud rate (BRGH = 1) even for slower baud clocks. This is because the FINT/(16(X + 1)) equation can reduce the baud rate error in some cases. TABLE 11-1: BAUD RATE FORMULA SYNC BRGH = 0 (Low Speed) BRGH = 1 (High Speed) 0 1 (Asynchronous) Baud Rate = FINT/(64(SPBRG+1)) (Synchronous) Baud Rate = FINT/(4(SPBRG+1)) Baud Rate= FINT/(16(SPBRG+1)) NA TABLE 11-2: BAUD RATES FOR SYNCHRONOUS MODE 4 MHz Desired Baud Actual Baud % of Error 6 MHz SPBRG Actual Baud % of Error 24 MHz SPBRG Actual Baud % of Error SPBRG 300 1200 2400 4800 4807.69 0.16 207 9600 9615.38 0.16 103 9615.38 0.16 155 19200 19230.77 0.16 51 19230.77 0.16 77 38400 38461.54 0.16 25 38461.54 0.16 38 38461.54 0.16 155 57600 58823.53 2.12 16 57692.31 0.16 25 57692.31 0.16 103 115200 125000.00 8.51 7 115384.62 0.16 12 115384.62 0.16 51 230400 250000.00 8.51 3 250000.00 8.51 5 230769.23 0.16 25 460800 500000.00 8.51 1 500000.00 8.51 2 461538.46 0.16 12 921600 1000000.00 8.51 5 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 77 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 11-3: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODE (BRGH = 0) 4 MHz Desired Baud Actual Baud 300 % of Error 300.48 6 MHz SPBRG 0.16 Actual Baud % of Error 24 MHz Actual Baud SPBRG 207 % of Error SPBRG 1200 1201.92 0.16 51 1201.92 0.16 77 2400 2403.85 0.16 25 2403.85 0.16 38 2403.85 0.16 155 4800 4807.69 0.16 12 4934.21 2.80 18 4807.69 0.16 77 9600 10416.67 8.51 5 10416.67 8.51 8 9615.38 0.16 38 19200 20833.33 8.51 2 23437.50 22.07 3 19736.84 2.80 18 38400 46875.00 22.07 1 41666.67 8.51 8 57600 62500.00 8.51 5 115200 125000.00 8.51 2 230400 460800 921600 TABLE 11-4: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODE (BRGH = 1) 4 MHz Desired Baud Actual Baud % of Error 6 MHz SPBRG Actual Baud % of Error 24 MHz SPBRG Actual Baud % of Error SPBRG 300 1200 1201.92 0.16 207 2400 2403.85 0.16 103 2403.85 0.16 155 4800 4807.69 0.16 51 4807.69 0.16 77 9600 9615.38 0.16 25 9615.38 0.16 38 9615.38 0.16 155 19200 19230.77 0.16 12 19736.84 2.80 18 19230.77 0.16 77 38400 41666.67 8.51 5 41666.67 8.51 8 38461.54 0.16 38 57600 62500.00 8.51 3 62500.00 8.51 5 57692.31 0.16 25 115200 12500.00 8.51 1 12500.00 8.51 2 115384.62 0.16 12 230400 250000.00 8.51 5 460800 500000.00 8.51 2 921600 TABLE 11-5: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH BAUD RATE GENERATOR Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets 98h TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 18h RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN — FERR OERR RX9D 0000 -00x 0000 -00x 99h SPBRG Baud Rate Generator Register 0000 0000 0000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by the BRG. DS41124A-page 78 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 11.2 ( PIE1<4>). Flag bit TXIF will be set regardless of the state of enable bit TXIE and cannot be cleared in software. It will reset only when new data is loaded into the TXREG register. While flag bit TXIF indicated the status of the TXREG register, another bit TRMT (TXSTA<1>) shows the status of the TSR register. Status bit TRMT is a read only bit, which is set when the TSR register is empty. No interrupt logic is tied to this bit, so the user has to poll this bit in order to determine if the TSR register is empty. USART Asynchronous Mode In this mode, the USART uses standard nonreturn-tozero (NRZ) format (one start bit, eight or nine data bits, and one stop bit). The most common data format is 8 bits. An on-chip, dedicated, 8-bit baud rate generator can be used to derive standard baud rate frequencies from the oscillator. The USART transmits and receives the LSb first. The USART’s transmitter and receiver are functionally independent, but use the same data format and baud rate. The baud rate generator produces a clock either x16 or x64 of the bit shift rate, depending on bit BRGH (TXSTA<2>). Parity is not supported by the hardware, but can be implemented in software (and stored as the ninth data bit). Asynchronous mode is stopped during SLEEP. Note 1: The TSR register is not mapped in data memory, so it is not available to the user. 2: Flag bit TXIF is set when enable bit TXEN is set. TXIF is cleared by loading TXREG. Transmission is enabled by setting enable bit TXEN (TXSTA<5>). The actual transmission will not occur until the TXREG register has been loaded with data and the baud rate generator (BRG) has produced a shift clock (Figure 11-2). The transmission can also be started by first loading the TXREG register and then setting enable bit TXEN. Normally, when transmission is first started, the TSR register is empty. At that point, transfer to the TXREG register will result in an immediate transfer to TSR, resulting in an empty TXREG. A back-to-back transfer is thus possible (Figure 11-3). Clearing enable bit TXEN during a transmission will cause the transmission to be aborted and will reset the transmitter. As a result, the RC6/TX/CK pin will revert to hi-impedance. Asynchronous mode is selected by clearing bit SYNC (TXSTA<4>). The USART Asynchronous module consists of the following important elements: • • • • Baud Rate Generator Sampling Circuit Asynchronous Transmitter Asynchronous Receiver 11.2.1 USART ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMITTER The USART transmitter block diagram is shown in Figure 11-1. The heart of the transmitter is the transmit (serial) shift register (TSR). The shift register obtains its data from the read/write transmit buffer, TXREG. The TXREG register is loaded with data in software. The TSR register is not loaded until the STOP bit has been transmitted from the previous load. As soon as the STOP bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded with new data from the TXREG register (if available). Once the TXREG register transfers the data to the TSR register (occurs in one TCY), the TXREG register is empty and flag bit TXIF (PIR1<4>) is set. This interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit TXIE In order to select 9-bit transmission, transmit bit TX9 (TXSTA<6>) should be set and the ninth bit should be written to TX9D (TXSTA<0>). The ninth bit must be written before writing the 8-bit data to the TXREG register. This is because a data write to the TXREG register can result in an immediate transfer of the data to the TSR register (if the TSR is empty). In such a case, an incorrect ninth data bit may be loaded in the TSR register. FIGURE 11-1: USART TRANSMIT BLOCK DIAGRAM Data Bus TXIF TXREG Register TXIE 8 MSb LSb • • • (8) Pin Buffer and Control 0 TSR Register RC6/TX/CK pin Interrupt TXEN Baud Rate CLK TRMT SPEN SPBRG Baud Rate Generator TX9 TX9D 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 79 PIC16C745/765 Steps to follow when setting up an Asynchronous Transmission: 4. 1. 5. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate. If a high speed baud rate is desired, set bit BRGH. (Section 11.1) Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing bit SYNC and setting bit SPEN. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit TXIE. 2. 3. If 9-bit transmission is desired, then set transmit bit TX9. Enable the transmission by setting bit TXEN, which will also set bit TXIF. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit should be loaded in bit TX9D. Load data to the TXREG register (starts transmission). 6. 7. FIGURE 11-2: ASYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION Write to TXREG Word 1 BRG output (shift clock) RC6/TX/CK (pin) Start Bit Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 7/8 Stop Bit WORD 1 TXIF bit (Transmit buffer reg. empty flag) WORD 1 Transmit Shift Reg TRMT bit (Transmit shift reg. empty flag) FIGURE 11-3: ASYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION (BACK TO BACK) Write to TXREG RC6/TX/CK (pin) Start Bit TXIF bit (interrupt reg. flag) TRMT bit (Transmit shift reg. empty flag) Word 2 Word 1 BRG output (shift clock) Bit 0 Bit 1 WORD 1 Bit 7/8 Stop Bit Start Bit Bit 0 WORD 2 WORD 1 Transmit Shift Reg. WORD 2 Transmit Shift Reg. Note: This timing diagram shows two consecutive transmissions. TABLE 11-6: Address Name REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION Bit 7 Bit 6 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SPEN RX9 SREN CREN Bit 5 0Ch PIR1 18h RCSTA 19h TXREG USART Transmit Register 8Ch PIE1 98h TXSTA 99h SPBRG Baud Rate Generator Register Bit 4 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC Bit 3 Bit 2 USBIF CCP1IF — TMR2IF FERR USBIE CCP1IE — Bit 1 OERR TMR2IE BRGH TRMT Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR TMR1IF 0000 0000 RX9D 0000 -00x Value on all other Resets 0000 0000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 0000 TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 0000 0000 0000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented locations read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous transmission. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16C745; always maintain these bits clear. DS41124A-page 80 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 11.2.2 two bytes of data to be received and transferred to the RCREG FIFO and a third byte to begin shifting to the RSR register. On the detection of the STOP bit of the third byte, if the RCREG register is still full, then overrun error bit OERR (RCSTA<1>) will be set. The word in the RSR will be lost. The RCREG register can be read twice to retrieve the two bytes in the FIFO. Overrun bit OERR has to be cleared in software. This is done by resetting the receive logic (CREN is cleared and then set). If bit OERR is set, transfers from the RSR register to the RCREG register are inhibited, so it is essential to clear error bit OERR if it is set. Framing error bit FERR (RCSTA<2>) is set if a stop bit is detected as clear. Bit FERR and the 9th receive bit are buffered the same way as the receive data. Reading the RCREG, will load bits RX9D and FERR with new values, therefore it is essential for the user to read the RCSTA register before reading RCREG register in order not to lose the old FERR and RX9D information. USART ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER The receiver block diagram is shown in Figure 11-4. The data is received on the RC7/RX/DT pin and drives the data recovery block. The data recovery block is actually a high speed shifter operating at x16 times the baud rate, whereas the main receive serial shifter operates at the bit rate or at FINT. Once asynchronous mode is selected, reception is enabled by setting bit CREN (RCSTA<4>). The heart of the receiver is the receive (serial) shift register (RSR). After sampling the STOP bit, the received data in the RSR is transferred to the RCREG register (if it is empty). If the transfer is complete, flag bit RCIF (PIR1<5>) is set. The actual interrupt can be enabled/ disabled by setting/clearing enable bit RCIE (PIE1<5>). Flag bit RCIF is a read only bit which is cleared by the hardware. It is cleared when the RCREG register has been read and is empty. The RCREG is a double buffered register, i.e. it is a two deep FIFO. It is possible for FIGURE 11-4: USART RECEIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM FERR OERR CREN SPBRG RSR Register MSb Baud Rate Generator Stop (8) • • • 7 1 LSb 0 Start RC7/RX/DT Pin Buffer and Control Data Recovery RX9 RX9D SPEN RCREG Register FIFO 8 RCIF Interrupt Data Bus RCIE FIGURE 11-5: ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION RX (pin) Start bit bit0 Rcv shift reg Rcv buffer reg Read Rcv buffer reg RCREG bit1 bit7/8 Stop bit Start bit bit0 bit7/8 WORD 1 RCREG Stop bit Start bit bit7/8 Stop bit WORD 2 RCREG RCIF (interrupt flag) OERR bit CREN Note: This timing diagram shows three words appearing on the RX input. The RCREG (receive buffer) is read after the third word, causing the OERR (overrun) bit to be set. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 81 PIC16C745/765 Steps to follow when setting up an Asynchronous Reception: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate. If a high speed baud rate is desired, set bit BRGH. (Section 11.1). Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing bit SYNC, and setting bit SPEN. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit RCIE. If 9-bit reception is desired, then set bit RX9. Enable the reception by setting bit CREN. TABLE 11-7: Address Name 0Ch PIR1 18h RCSTA 7. 8. 9. Flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is complete and an interrupt will be generated if enable bit RCIE was set. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if enabled) and determine if any error occurred during reception. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the RCREG register. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing enable bit CREN. REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SPEN RX9 SREN CREN 1Ah RCREG USART Receive Register 8Ch PIE1 98h TXSTA 99h SPBRG Bit 4 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC Bit 3 Bit 2 USBIF CCP1IF — FERR USBIE CCP1IE — BRGH Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other Resets TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 OERR RX9D 0000 -00x 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 0000 TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 0000 0000 0000 0000 Baud Rate Generator Register Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented locations read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous reception. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16C745; always maintain these bits clear. DS41124A-page 82 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 11.3 USART Synchronous Master Mode In Synchronous Master mode, the data is transmitted in a half-duplex manner, i.e., transmission and reception do not occur at the same time. When transmitting data, the reception is inhibited and vice versa. Synchronous mode is entered by setting bit SYNC (TXSTA<4>). In addition, enable bit SPEN (RCSTA<7>) is set in order to configure the RC6/TX/CK and RC7/RX/DT I/O pins to CK (clock) and DT (data) lines respectively. The Master mode indicates that the processor transmits the master clock on the CK line. The Master mode is entered by setting bit CSRC (TXSTA<7>). 11.3.1 USART SYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION The USART transmitter block diagram is shown in Figure 11-1. The heart of the transmitter is the transmit (serial) shift register (TSR). The shift register obtains its data from the read/write transmit buffer register TXREG. The TXREG register is loaded with data in software. The TSR register is not loaded until the last bit has been transmitted from the previous load. As soon as the last bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded with new data from the TXREG (if available). Once the TXREG register transfers the data to the TSR register (occurs in one Tcycle), the TXREG is empty and interrupt bit TXIF (PIR1<4>) is set. The interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit TXIE (PIE1<4>). Flag bit TXIF will be set regardless of the state of enable bit TXIE and cannot be cleared in software. It will reset only when new data is loaded into the TXREG register. While flag bit TXIF indicates the status of the TXREG register, another bit TRMT (TXSTA<1>) shows the status of the TSR register. TRMT is a read only bit which is set when the TSR is empty. No interrupt logic is tied to this bit, so the user has to poll this bit in order to determine if the TSR register is empty. The TSR is not mapped in data memory, so it is not available to the user. pin reverts to a hi-impedance state (for a reception). The CK pin will remain an output if bit CSRC is set (internal clock). The transmitter logic, however, is not reset, although it is disconnected from the pins. In order to reset the transmitter, the user has to clear bit TXEN. If bit SREN is set (to interrupt an on-going transmission and receive a single word), then after the single word is received, bit SREN will be cleared and the serial port will revert back to transmitting, since bit TXEN is still set. The DT line will immediately switch from hi-impedance receive mode to transmit and start driving. To avoid this, bit TXEN should be cleared. In order to select 9-bit transmission, the TX9 (TXSTA<6>) bit should be set and the ninth bit should be written to bit TX9D (TXSTA<0>). The ninth bit must be written before writing the 8-bit data to the TXREG register. This is because a data write to the TXREG can result in an immediate transfer of the data to the TSR register (if the TSR is empty). If the TSR was empty and the TXREG was written before writing the “new” TX9D, the “present” value of bit TX9D is loaded. Steps to follow when setting up a Synchronous Master Transmission: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate (Section 11.1). Enable the synchronous master serial port by setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC. If interrupts are desired, set enable bit TXIE. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set bit TX9. Enable the transmission by setting bit TXEN. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit should be loaded in bit TX9D. Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG register. Transmission is enabled by setting enable bit TXEN (TXSTA<5>). The actual transmission will not occur until the TXREG register has been loaded with data. The first data bit will be shifted out on the next available rising edge of the clock on the CK line. Data out is stable around the falling edge of the synchronous clock (Figure 11-6). The transmission can also be started by first loading the TXREG register and then setting bit TXEN (Figure 11-7). This is advantageous when slow baud rates are selected, since the BRG is kept in reset when bits TXEN, CREN and SREN are clear. Setting enable bit TXEN will start the BRG, creating a shift clock immediately. Normally, when transmission is first started, the TSR register is empty, so a transfer to the TXREG register will result in an immediate transfer to TSR resulting in an empty TXREG. Back-to-back transfers are possible. Clearing enable bit TXEN, during a transmission, will cause the transmission to be aborted and will reset the transmitter. The DT and CK pins will revert to hi-impedance. If either bit CREN or bit SREN is set during a transmission, the transmission is aborted and the DT 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 83 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 11-8: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION Name Bit 7 Bit 6 PSPIF(1) ADIF SPEN RX9 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other Resets RCIF TXIF USBIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 SREN CREN — FERR OERR RX9D 0000 -00x 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 0000 TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 0000 0000 0000 0000 Bit 5 0Ch PIR1 18h RCSTA 19h TXREG USART Transmit Register 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC 98h TXSTA 99h SPBRG USBIE CCP1IE — BRGH Baud Rate Generator Register Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master transmission. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16C745; always maintain these bits clear. FIGURE 11-6: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION Q1Q2 Q3Q4 Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3Q4 RC7/RX/DT pin bit 0 bit 1 WORD 1 Q3Q4 Q1Q2 Q3Q4 Q1Q2 Q3Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4 bit 2 bit 7 bit 0 bit 1 WORD 2 bit 7 RC6/TX/CK pin Write to TXREG reg Write word1 Write word2 TXIF bit (Interrupt flag) TRMT TRMT bit TXEN bit ’1’ ’1’ Note: Sync master mode; SPBRG = ’0’. Continuous transmission of two 8-bit words FIGURE 11-7: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (THROUGH TXEN) RC7/RX/DT pin bit0 bit1 bit2 bit6 bit7 RC6/TX/CK pin Write to TXREG reg TXIF bit TRMT bit TXEN bit DS41124A-page 84 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 11.3.2 OERR if it is set. The ninth receive bit is buffered the same way as the receive data. Reading the RCREG register will load bit RX9D with a new value, therefore it is essential for the user to read the RCSTA register before reading RCREG in order not to lose the old RX9D information. USART SYNCHRONOUS MASTER RECEPTION Once synchronous mode is selected, reception is enabled by setting either enable bit SREN (RCSTA<5>) or enable bit CREN (RCSTA<4>). Data is sampled on the RC7/RX/DT pin on the falling edge of the clock. If enable bit SREN is set, then only a single word is received. If enable bit CREN is set, the reception is continuous until CREN is cleared. If both bits are set, CREN takes precedence. After clocking the last bit, the received data in the Receive Shift Register (RSR) is transferred to the RCREG register (if it is empty). When the transfer is complete, interrupt flag bit RCIF (PIR1<5>) is set. The actual interrupt can be enabled/ disabled by setting/clearing enable bit RCIE (PIE1<5>). Flag bit RCIF is a read only bit, which is reset by the hardware. In this case, it is reset when the RCREG register has been read and is empty. The RCREG is a double buffered register, i.e., it is a two deep FIFO. It is possible for two bytes of data to be received and transferred to the RCREG FIFO and a third byte to begin shifting into the RSR register. On the clocking of the last bit of the third byte, if the RCREG register is still full, then overrun error bit OERR (RCSTA<1>) is set. The word in the RSR will be lost. The RCREG register can be read twice to retrieve the two bytes in the FIFO. Bit OERR has to be cleared in software (by clearing bit CREN). If bit OERR is set, transfers from the RSR to the RCREG are inhibited, so it is essential to clear bit TABLE 11-9: Address Name Steps to follow when setting up a Synchronous Master Reception: 1. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate. (Section 11.1) 2. Enable the synchronous master serial port by setting bits SYNC, SPEN, and CSRC. 3. Ensure bits CREN and SREN are clear. 4. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit RCIE. 5. If 9-bit reception is desired, then set bit RX9. 6. If a single reception is required, set bit SREN. For continuous reception set bit CREN. 7. Interrupt flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is complete and an interrupt will be generated if enable bit RCIE was set. 8. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if enabled) and determine if any error occurred during reception. 9. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the RCREG register. 10. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing bit CREN. REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER RECEPTION Bit 7 Bit 6 PSPIF(1) ADIF SPEN RX9 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other Resets RCIF TXIF USBIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 SREN CREN — FERR OERR RX9D 0000 -00x 0000 -00x Bit 5 0Ch PIR1 18h RCSTA 1Ah RCREG USART Receive Register 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE USBIE CCP1IE TMR2IE CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT 98h TXSTA 99h SPBRG Baud Rate Generator Register 0000 0000 0000 0000 TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 0000 0000 0000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master reception. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16C745; always maintain these bits clear. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 85 PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 11-8: SYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION (MASTER MODE, SREN) Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 RC7/RX/DT pin bit0 bit1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 bit6 bit7 RC6/TX/CK pin Write to bit SREN SREN bit CREN bit ’0’ ’0’ RCIF bit (interrupt) Read RXREG Note: Timing diagram demonstrates SYNC master mode with bit SREN = ’1’ and bit BRG = ’0’. DS41124A-page 86 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 11.4 USART Synchronous Slave Mode Synchronous slave mode differs from the Master mode in the fact that the shift clock is supplied externally at the RC6/TX/CK pin (instead of being supplied internally in master mode). This allows the device to transfer or receive data while in SLEEP mode. Slave mode is entered by clearing bit CSRC (TXSTA<7>). 11.4.2 USART SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE RECEPTION The operation of the synchronous master and slave modes is identical, except in the case of the SLEEP mode. Also, bit SREN is a don’t care in slave mode. The operation of the synchronous master and slave modes are identical, except in the case of the SLEEP mode. If receive is enabled by setting bit CREN prior to the SLEEP instruction, a word may be received during SLEEP. On completely receiving the word, the RSR register will transfer the data to the RCREG register and if enable bit RCIE bit is set, the interrupt generated will wake the chip from SLEEP. If the global interrupt is enabled, the program will branch to the interrupt vector (0004h). If two words are written to the TXREG and then the SLEEP instruction is executed, the following will occur: Steps to follow when setting up a Synchronous Slave Reception: a) 1. 11.4.1 b) c) d) e) USART SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE TRANSMIT The first word will immediately transfer to the TSR register and transmit. The second word will remain in TXREG register. Flag bit TXIF will not be set. When the first word has been shifted out of TSR, the TXREG register will transfer the second word to the TSR and flag bit TXIF will now be set. If enable bit TXIE is set, the interrupt will wake the chip from SLEEP and if the global interrupt is enabled, the program will branch to the interrupt vector (0004h). 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Steps to follow when setting up a synchronous slave transmission: 7. 1. 8. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Enable the synchronous slave serial port by setting bits SYNC and SPEN and clearing bit CSRC. Clear bits CREN and SREN. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit TXIE. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set bit TX9. Enable the transmission by setting enable bit TXEN. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit should be loaded in bit TX9D. Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG register. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Enable the synchronous master serial port by setting bits SYNC and SPEN and clearing bit CSRC. If interrupts are desired, set enable bit RCIE. If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9. To enable reception, set enable bit CREN. Flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is complete and an interrupt will be generated, if enable bit RCIE was set. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if enabled) and determine if any error occurred during reception. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the RCREG register. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing bit CREN. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 87 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 11-10: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE TRANSMISSION Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 PSPIF(1) SPEN ADIF RCIF TXIF RX9 SREN CREN 0Ch PIR1 18h RCSTA 19h TXREG USART Transmit Register 8Ch PIE1 98h TXSTA 99h SPBRG Baud Rate Generator Register PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC Bit 3 Bit 2 USBIF CCP1IF — FERR BRGH Value on all other Resets Bit 0 TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 OERR RX9D 0000 -00x 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 0000 TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 USBIE CCP1IE TMR2IE — Value on: POR, BOR Bit 1 TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 0000 0000 0000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave transmission. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16C745; always maintain these bits clear. TABLE 11-11: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE RECEPTION Address Name 0Ch PIR1 18h RCSTA 1Ah RCREG 8Ch PIE1 98h TXSTA 99h SPBRG Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other Resets PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF USBIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 SPEN RX9 SREN CREN — FERR OERR RX9D 0000 -00x 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 0000 USART Receive Register (1) PSPIE CSRC ADIE RCIE TXIE USBIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 0000 0000 0000 0000 Baud Rate Generator Register Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave reception. Note 1: Bits PSPIE and PSPIF are reserved on the PIC16C745; always maintain these bits clear. DS41124A-page 88 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 12.0 ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER (A/D) MODULE The 8-bit Analog-To-Digital (A/D) converter module has five inputs for the PIC16C745 and eight for the PIC16C765. The A/D allows conversion of an analog input signal to a corresponding 8-bit digital value. The output of the sample and hold is the input into the converter, which generates the result via successive approximation. The analog reference voltage is software selectable to either the device’s positive supply voltage (VDD) or the voltage level on the RA3/AN3/VREF pin. The A/D converter has a unique feature of being able to operate while the device is in SLEEP mode. To operate in sleep, the A/D conversion clock must be derived from the A/D’s dedicated internal RC oscillator. The A/D module has three registers. These registers are: • A/D Result Register (ADRES) • A/D Control Register 0 (ADCON0) • A/D Control Register 1 (ADCON1) The ADCON0 register, shown in Register 12-1, controls the operation of the A/D module. The ADCON1 register, shown in Register 12-2, configures the functions of the port pins. The port pins can be configured as analog inputs (RA3 can also be a voltage reference) or as digital I/O. Additional information on using the A/D module can be found in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023) and in Application Note, AN546. REGISTER 12-1: A/D CONTROL REGISTER (ADCON0: 1Fh) R/W-0 R/W-0 ADCS1 ADCS0 bit7 R/W-0 CHS2 R/W-0 CHS1 R/W-0 CHS0 R/W-0 GO/DONE U-0 — R/W-0 ADON bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset bit 7-6: ADCS<1:0>: A/D Conversion Clock Select bits 00 = FINT/2 01 = FINT/8 10 = FINT/32 11 = FRC (clock derived from dedicated internal oscillator) bit 5-3: CHS<2:0>: Analog Channel Select bits 000 = channel 0, (RA0/AN0) 001 = channel 1, (RA1/AN1) 010 = channel 2, (RA2/AN2) 011 = channel 3, (RA3/AN3) 100 = channel 4, (RA5/AN4) 101 = channel 5, (RE0/AN5)(1) 110 = channel 6, (RE1/AN6)(1) 111 = channel 7, (RE2/AN7)(1) bit 2: GO/DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit If ADON = 1 1 = A/D conversion in progress (setting this bit starts the A/D conversion) 0 = A/D conversion not in progress (This bit is automatically cleared by hardware when the A/D conversion is complete) bit 1: Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 0: ADON: A/D On bit 1 = A/D converter module is operating 0 = A/D converter module is shutoff and consumes no operating current Note 1: A/D channels 5, 6 and 7 are implemented on the PIC16C765 only. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 89 PIC16C745/765 REGISTER 12-2: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 1 (ADCON1: 9Fh) U-0 — bit7 U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — R/W-0 PCFG2 R/W-0 PCFG1 R/W-0 PCFG0 bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset bit 7-3: Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 2-0: PCFG<2:0>: A/D Port Configuration Control bits PCFG<2:0> 000 001 010 011 100 101 11x AN7 A A D D D A D AN6 A A D D D A D AN5 A A D D D A D AN4 A A A A D A D AN3 A VREF A VREF A VREF D AN2 A A A A D A D AN1 A A A A A A D AN0 A A A A A A D VREF VDD RA3 VDD AN3 VDD AN3 VDD A = Analog input D = Digital I/O DS41124A-page 90 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 The following steps should be followed for doing an A/D conversion: 4. 1. 5. 2. 3. Configure the A/D module: • Configure analog pins / voltage reference / and digital I/O (ADCON1) • Select A/D input channel (ADCON0) • Select A/D conversion clock (ADCON0) • Turn on A/D module (ADCON0) Configure A/D interrupt (if desired): • Clear ADIF bit • Set ADIE bit • Set GIE bit Wait the required acquisition time. Start conversion: • Set GO/DONE bit (ADCON0) Wait for A/D conversion to complete, by either: • Polling for the GO/DONE bit to be cleared OR 6. 7. • Waiting for the A/D interrupt Read A/D result register (ADRES), clear bit ADIF if required. For next conversion, go to step 1 or step 2 as required. The A/D conversion time per bit is defined as TAD. A minimum wait of 2TAD is required before next acquisition starts. FIGURE 12-1: A/D BLOCK DIAGRAM CHS<2:0> 111 RE2/AN7(1) 110 RE1/AN6(1) 101 RE0/AN5(1) 100 RA5/AN4 VIN 011 (Input voltage) RA3/AN3/VREF 010 RA2/AN2 A/D Converter 001 RA1/AN1 VDD 000 or 010 or 100 or 11x VREF (Reference voltage) 000 RA0/AN0 001 or 011 or 101 PCFG<2:0> Note 1: Not available on PIC16C745. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 91 PIC16C745/765 12.1 A/D Acquisition Requirements For the A/D converter to meet its specified accuracy, the charge holding capacitor (CHOLD) must be allowed to fully charge to the input channel voltage level. The analog input model is shown in Figure 12-2. The source impedance (RS) and the internal sampling switch (RSS) impedance directly affect the time required to charge the capacitor CHOLD. The sampling switch (RSS) impedance varies over the device voltage (VDD), Figure 12-2. The source impedance affects the offset voltage at the analog input (due to pin leakage current). The maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 kΩ. After the analog input channel is selected (changed), the acquisition must pass before the conversion can be started. To calculate the minimum acquisition time, Equation 12-1 may be used. This equation assumes that 1/2 LSb error is used (512 steps for the A/D). The 1/2 LSb error is the maximum error allowed for the A/D to meet its specified resolution. To calculate the minimum acquisition time, TACQ, see the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023). In general, however, given a max of 10kΩ and a worst case temperature of 100°C, TACQ will be no more than 16µsec. FIGURE 12-2: ANALOG INPUT MODEL VDD Rs VA VT = 0.6V ANx CPIN 5 pF VT = 0.6V RIC ≤ 1k Sampling Switch SS RSS CHOLD = DAC capacitance = 51.2 pF I leakage ± 500 nA VSS Legend CPIN VT I leakage RIC SS CHOLD EQUATION 12-1: TACQ = input capacitance = threshold voltage = leakage current at the pin due to various junctions = interconnect resistance = sampling switch = sample/hold capacitance (from DAC) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Sampling Switch (kΩ) ACQUISITION TIME = Amplifier Settling Time + Hold Capacitor Charging Time + Temperature Coefficient = TAMP + TC + TCOFF TAMP = 5µS TC = - (51.2pF)(1kΩ + RSS + RS) In(1/511) TCOFF = (Temp -25°C)(0.05µS/°C) DS41124A-page 92 6V 5V VDD 4V 3V 2V Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 12.2 Selecting the A/D Conversion Clock The A/D conversion time per bit is defined as TAD. The A/D conversion requires 9.5TAD per 8-bit conversion. The source of the A/D conversion clock is software selectable. The four possible options for TAD are: • • • • 2TOSC 8TOSC 32TOSC Dedicated Internal RC oscillator For correct A/D conversions, the A/D conversion clock (TAD) must be selected to ensure a minimum TAD time of 1.6 µs. TABLE 12-1: TAD vs. DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES AD Clock Source (TAD) Operation 2TOSC 8TOSC 32TOSC RC Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 12.3 Device Frequency ADCS1:ADCS0 20 MHz 5 MHz 1.25 MHz 333.33 kHz 00 100 400 1.6 µs 6 µs 01 400 ns(2) 1.6 µs 6.4 µs 24 µs(3) 10 1.6 µs 6.4 µs 25.6 µs(3) 96 µs(3) (1,4) (1,4) (1,4) 11 2 - 6 µs 2 - 6 µs 2 - 6 µs 2 - 6 µs(1) The RC source has a typical TAD time of 4 µs. These values violate the minimum required TAD time. For faster conversion times, the selection of another clock source is recommended. For device frequencies above 1 MHz, the device must be in SLEEP for the entire conversion, or the A/D accuracy may be out of specification. ns(2) Configuring Analog Port Pins The ADCON1, TRISA and TRISE registers control the operation of the A/D port pins. The port pins that are desired as analog inputs must have their corresponding TRIS bits set (input). If the TRIS bit is cleared (output), the digital output level (VOH or VOL) will be converted. The A/D operation is independent of the state of the CHS<2:0> bits and the TRIS bits. Note 1: When reading the port register, all pins configured as analog input channels will read as cleared (a low level). Pins configured as digital inputs will convert an analog input. Analog levels on a digitally configured input will not affect the conversion accuracy. ns(2) 12.4 Note: A/D Conversions The GO/DONE bit should NOT be set in the same instruction that turns on the A/D. Clearing the GO/DONE bit during a conversion will abort the current conversion. The ADRES register will NOT be updated with the partially completed A/D conversion sample. That is, the ADRES register will continue to contain the value of the last completed conversion (or the last value written to the ADRES register). After the A/D conversion is aborted, a 2TAD wait is required before the next acquisition is started. After this 2TAD wait, an acquisition is automatically started on the selected channel. 2: Analog levels on any pin that is defined as a digital input, but not as an analog input, may cause the input buffer to consume current that is out of specification. 3: The TRISE register is not provided on the PIC16C745. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 93 PIC16C745/765 12.5 A/D Operation During Sleep 12.6 The A/D module can operate during SLEEP mode. This requires that the A/D clock source be set to RC (ADCS<1:0> = 11). When the RC clock source is selected, the A/D module waits one instruction cycle before starting the conversion. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed, which eliminates all digital switching noise from the conversion. When the conversion is completed, the GO/DONE bit will be cleared, and the result loaded into the ADRES register. If the A/D interrupt is enabled, the device will wake-up from SLEEP. If the A/D interrupt is not enabled, the A/D module will then be turned off, although the ADON bit will remain set. When the A/D clock source is another clock option (not RC), a SLEEP instruction will cause the present conversion to be aborted and the A/D module to be turned off, though the ADON bit will remain set. Turning off the A/D places the A/D module in its lowest current consumption state. Note: For the A/D module to operate in SLEEP, the A/D clock source must be set to RC (ADCS<1:0> = 11). To perform an A/D conversion in SLEEP, ensure the SLEEP instruction immediately follows the instruction that sets the GO/DONE bit. TABLE 12-2: Address Effects of a RESET A device reset forces all registers to their reset state. The A/D module is disabled and any conversion in progress is aborted. All pins with analog functions are configured as available inputs. The ADRES register will contain unknown data after a power-on reset. 12.7 Use of the CCP Trigger An A/D conversion can be started by the “special event trigger” of the CCP2 module. This requires that the CCP2M<3:0> bits (CCP2CON<3:0>) be programmed as 1011 and that the A/D module is enabled (ADON bit is set). When the trigger occurs, the GO/DONE bit will be set, starting the A/D conversion, and the Timer1 counter will be reset to zero. Timer1 is reset to automatically repeat the A/D acquisition period with minimal software overhead (moving the ADRES to the desired location). The appropriate analog input channel must be selected and the minimum acquisition done before the “special event trigger” sets the GO/DONE bit (starts a conversion). If the A/D module is not enabled (ADON is cleared), then the “special event trigger” will be ignored by the A/D module, but will still reset the Timer1 counter. SUMMARY OF A/D REGISTERS Name INTCON 0Bh,8Bh, 10Bh,18Bh Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other Resets 0000 000x 0000 000u 0Ch PIR1 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF USBIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 8Ch PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE USBIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 1Eh ADRES A/D Result Register 1Fh ADCON0 ADCS1 ADCS0 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/ DONE — 9Fh ADCON1 — — — — — PCFG2 PCFG1 05h PORTA — — RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 85h TRISA — — 09h PORTE — — — — — 89h TRISE IBF(1) OBF(1) IBOV(1) PSP-MODE(1) — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu ADON 0000 00-0 0000 00-0 PCFG0 ---- -000 ---- -000 RA0 --0x 0000 --0u 0000 --11 1111 --11 1111 PORTA Data Direction Register (1) (1) ---- -xxx ---- -uuu PORTE(1) Data Direction Bits 0000 -111 0000 -111 RE2 RE1 (1) RE0 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for A/D conversion. Note 1: These bits are reserved on the PIC6C745; always maintain these bits clear. DS41124A-page 94 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 13.0 SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE CPU What sets a microcontroller apart from other processors are special circuits to deal with the needs of realtime applications. The PIC16C745/765 family has a host of such features intended to maximize system reliability, minimize cost through elimination of external components, provide power saving operating modes and offer code protection. These are: • Oscillator selection • Reset - Power-on Reset (POR) - Power-up Timer (PWRT) - Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) - Brown-out Reset (BOR) • Interrupts • Watchdog Timer (WDT) • SLEEP • Code protection • ID locations • In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP) keep the chip in reset until the crystal oscillator is stable. The other is the Power-up Timer (PWRT), which provides a fixed delay of 72 ms (nominal) on power-up only and is designed to keep the part in reset, while the power supply stabilizes. With these two timers on-chip, most applications need no external reset circuitry. SLEEP mode is designed to offer a very low current power-down mode. The user can wake-up from SLEEP through external reset, WDT wake-up or through an interrupt. Several oscillator options are also made available to allow the part to fit the application. The EC oscillator allows the user to directly drive the microcontroller, while the HS oscillator allows the use of a high speed crystal/resonator. A set of configuration bits are used to select various options. 13.1 Configuration Bits The configuration bits can be programmed (read as '0') or left unprogrammed (read as '1') to select various device configurations. These bits are mapped in program memory location 2007h. The PIC16C745/765 has a Watchdog Timer, which can be shut off only through configuration bits. It runs off its own dedicated RC oscillator for added reliability. There are two timers that offer necessary delays on power-up. One is the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST), intended to The user will note that address 2007h is beyond the user program memory space. In fact, it belongs to the special test/configuration memory space (2000h - 3FFFh), which can be accessed only during programming. REGISTER 13-1: CONFIGURATION WORD CP1 CP0 CP1 CP0 CP1 CP0 — — CP1 CP0 PWRTE WDTE FOSC1 FOSC0 bit13 bit0 Register: Address CONFIG 2007h bit 13-12: CP<1:0>: Code Protection bits(1) 11-10: 00 = All memory is code protected 9-8: 01 = Upper 3/4th of program memory code protected 5-4: 10 = Upper half of program memory code protected 11 = Code protection off bit 7-6: Unimplemented: Read as ’1’ bit 3: PWRTE: Power-up Timer Enable bit 1 = PWRT disabled • No delay after Power-up reset or Brown-out reset 0 = PWRT enabled • A delay of 4x WDT (72 ms) is present after Power-up and Brown-out bit 2: WDTE: Watchdog Timer Enable bit 1 = WDT enabled 0 = WDT disabled bit 1-0: FOSC<1:0>: Oscillator Selection 00 - HS- HS osc 01 - EC- External clock. CLKOUT on OSC2 pin 10 - H4- HS osc with 4x PLL enabled 11 - E4- External clock with 4x PLL enabled. CLKOUT on OSC2 pin Note 1: All of the CP<1:0> pairs have to be given the same value to enable the code protection scheme listed. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 95 PIC16C745/765 13.2 TABLE 13-1: Oscillator Configurations 13.2.1 OSCILLATOR TYPES The PIC16C745/765 can be operated in four different oscillator modes. The user can program a configuration bit (FOSC0) to select one of these four modes: •EC •E4 •HS •H4 13.2.2 External Clock External Clock with PLL High Speed Crystal/Resonator High Speed Crystal/Resonator with PLL CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR/CERAMIC RESONATORS In HS mode, a crystal or ceramic resonator is connected to the OSC1/CLKIN and OSC2/CLKOUT pins to establish oscillation (Figure 13-1). The PIC16C745/ 765 oscillator design requires the use of a parallel cut crystal. Use of a series cut crystal may give a frequency out of the crystal manufacturers specifications. When in HS mode, the device can have an external clock source to drive the OSC1/CLKIN pin (Figure 13-2). In this mode, the oscillator start-up timer is active for a period of 1024*TOSC. See the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Reference Manual (DS33023) for details on building an external oscillator. FIGURE 13-1: CRYSTAL/CERAMIC RESONATOR OPERATION (HS OSC CONFIGURATION) OSC1 To internal logic C1 XTAL OSC2 C2 Note 1: Mode Freq OSC1 OSC2 HS 6.0 MHz TBD TBD These values are for design guidance only. See notes at bottom of page. TABLE 13-2: Osc Type HS CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR Crystal Freq 6.0 MHz Cap. Range C1 Cap. Range C2 TBD TBD These values are for design guidance only. See notes at bottom of page. Note 1: Higher capacitance increases the stability of the oscillator, but also increases the startup time. 2: Since each resonator/crystal has its own characteristics, the user should consult the resonator/crystal manufacturer for appropriate values of external components. 3: Rs may be required in HS mode to avoid overdriving crystals with low drive level specification. 4: When migrating from other PICmicro devices, oscillator performance should be verified. 5: Users should consult the USB Specification 1.0 to ensure their resonator/crystal oscillator meets the required jitter limits for USB operation. 13.2.3 Rf CERAMIC RESONATORS Ranges Tested: H4 MODE SLEEP PIC16C745/765 Rs Note1 In H4 mode, a PLL module is switched on in-line with the clock provided across OSC1 and OCS2. The output of the PLL drives FINT. A series resistor may be required for AT strip cut crystals. DS41124A-page 96 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 13.2.4 EXTERNAL CLOCK IN 13.2.5 In EC mode, users may directly drive the PIC16C745/ 765 provided that this external clock source meets the AC/DC timing requirements listed in Section 17.4. Figure 13-2 below shows how an external clock circuit should be configured. E4 MODE In E4 mode, a PLL module is switched on in-line with the clock provided to OSC1. The output of the PLL drives FINT. Note: CLKOUT is the same frequency as OSC1 if in E4 mode, otherwise CLKOUT = OSC1/4. FIGURE 13-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT OPERATION (EC OSC CONFIGURATION) Clock from ext. system OSC1 PIC16C745/765 CLKOUT OSC2/CLKOUT FIGURE 13-3: OSCILLATOR/PLL CLOCK CONTROL OSC2 OSC1 13.3 6 MHz EC E4 HS H4 4x PLL 24 MHz FINT Q Clock Generator To Circuits A simplified block diagram of the on-chip reset circuit is shown in Figure 13-4. Reset The PIC16CXX differentiates between various kinds of reset: • • • • • EC E4 HS H4 Power-on Reset (POR) MCLR reset during normal operation MCLR reset during SLEEP WDT Reset (normal operation) Brown-out Reset (BOR) The PICmicro® devices have a MCLR noise filter in the MCLR reset path. The filter will detect and ignore small pulses. It should be noted that a WDT reset does not drive MCLR pin low. Some registers are not affected in any reset condition; their status is unknown on POR and unchanged in any other reset. Most other registers are reset to a “reset state” on POR, on the MCLR and WDT Reset, on MCLR reset during SLEEP, and on BOR. The TO and PD bits are set or cleared differently in different reset situations as indicated in Table 13-4. These bits are used in software to determine the nature of the reset. See Table 13-7 for a full description of reset states of all registers. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 97 PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 13-4: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT External Reset MCLR SLEEP WDT Time-out Module Reset VDD rise Power-on Reset detect VDD Brown-out Reset S OST/PWRT OST Chip Reset R 10-bit Ripple counter Q OSC1 PWRT Dedicated On-chip RC OSC 10-bit Ripple counter Enable PWRT Enable OST DS41124A-page 98 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 13.4 Resets 13.4.4 13.4.1 POWER-ON RESET (POR) If VDD falls below VBOR (parameter D005) for longer than TBOR (parameter #35), the brown-out situation will reset the device. If VDD falls below VBOR for less than TBOR, a reset may not occur. A Power-on Reset pulse is generated on-chip when VDD rise is detected (in the range of 1.5V - 2.1V). To take advantage of the POR, just tie the MCLR pin directly (or through a resistor) to VDD. This will eliminate external RC components usually needed to create a POR. A maximum rise time for VDD is specified. See Electrical Specifications for details. When the device starts normal operation (exits the reset condition), device operating parameters (voltage, frequency, temperature) must be met to ensure operation. If these conditions are not met, the device must be held in reset until the operating conditions are met. Brown-out reset may be used to meet the startup conditions. For additional information, refer to Application Note AN607, “Power-up Trouble Shooting.” 13.4.2 POWER-UP TIMER (PWRT) The Power-up Timer provides a fixed 72 ms nominal time-out on power-up from the POR. The PWRT operates on an internal RC oscillator. The device is kept in reset as long as the PWRT is active. The PWRT’s time delay allows VDD to rise to an acceptable level. A configuration bit is provided to enable/disable the PWRT. The power-up time delay will vary from chip to chip due to VDD, temperature and process variation. See DC parameters for details (TPWRT, parameter #33). 13.4.3 OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER (OST) The Oscillator Start-up Timer provides a delay of 1024 oscillator cycles (from OSC1 input) after the PWRT delay. This ensures that the crystal oscillator or resonator has started and stabilized. The OST time-out is invoked only for HS mode and only on power-on reset or wake-up from SLEEP. BROWN-OUT RESET (BOR) Once the brown-out occurs, the device will remain in brown-out reset until VDD rises above VBOR. The power-up timer then keeps the device in reset for TPWRT (parameter #33). If VDD should fall below VBOR during TPWRT, the brown-out reset process will restart when VDD rises above VBOR with the power-up timer reset. Since the device is intended to operate at 5V nominal only, the brown-out detect is always enabled and the device will reset when Vdd falls below the brown-out threshold. This device is unique in that the 4•WDT timer will not activate after a brown-out if PWRTE = 1 (inactive). 13.4.5 TIME-OUT SEQUENCE On power-up, the time-out sequence is as follows: The PWRT delay starts (if enabled) when a POR reset occurs. Then OST starts counting 1024 oscillator cycles when PWRT ends (HS). When the OST ends, the device comes out of RESET. If MCLR is kept low long enough, the time-outs will expire. Bringing MCLR high will begin execution immediately. This is useful for testing purposes or to synchronize more than one PIC16CXX device operating in parallel. Table 13-5 shows the reset conditions for the STATUS, PCON and PC registers, while Table 13-7 shows the reset conditions for all the registers. 13.4.6 POWER CONTROL/STATUS REGISTER (PCON) The Brown-out Reset Status bit, BOR, is unknown on a POR. It must be set by the user and checked on subsequent resets to see if bit BOR was cleared, indicating a BOR occurred. The BOR bit is not predictable if the brown-out reset circuitry is disabled. The Power-on Reset Status bit, POR, is cleared on a POR and unaffected otherwise. The user must set this bit following a POR and check it on subsequent resets to see if it has been cleared. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 99 PIC16C745/765 13.5 Time-out in Various Situations TABLE 13-3: RESET TIME-OUTS POR BORt Oscillator Configuration PWRTE = 0 PWRTE = 1 PWRTE = 0 PWRTE = 1 Wake-up from SLEEP HS TPWRT + 1024•TOSC 1024•TOSC TPWRT + 1024•TOSC 1024•TOSC 1024•TOSC H4 TPWRT + TPLLRT + 1024•TOSC TPLLRT + 1024•TOSC TPWRT + TPLLRT + 1024•TOSC TPLLRT + 1024•TOSC TPLLRT + 1024•TOSC EC TPWRT 0 TPWRT 0 0 E4 TPWRT + TPLLRT TPLLRT TPWRT + TPLLRT TPLLRT TPLLRT TABLE 13-4: STATUS BITS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE POR BOR TO PD 0 x 1 1 Power-on Reset 0 x 0 x Illegal, TO is set on POR 0 x x 0 Illegal, PD is set on POR 1 0 1 1 Brown-out Reset 1 1 0 1 WDT Reset 1 1 0 0 WDT Wake-up 1 1 u u MCLR Reset during normal operation 1 1 1 0 MCLR Reset during SLEEP or interrupt wake-up from SLEEP TABLE 13-5: RESET CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS Program Counter STATUS Register PCON Register Power-on Reset 000h 0001 1xxx ---- --0x MCLR Reset during normal operation 000h 000u uuuu ---- --uu MCLR Reset during SLEEP 000h 0001 0uuu ---- --uu WDT Reset 000h 0000 1uuu ---- --uu PC + 1 uuu0 0uuu ---- --uu 000h 000x xuuu ---- --u0 PC + 1(1) uuu1 0uuu ---- --uu Condition WDT Wake-up Brown-out Reset Interrupt wake-up from SLEEP Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit read as ’0’. Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h). TABLE 13-6: Address REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH RESETS Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other resets 03h, 83h, 103h, 183h Status IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z DC C 0001 1xxx 000q quuu 8Eh PCON — — — — — — POR BOR ---- --qq ---- --uu Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as '0'. DS41124A-page 100 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 TABLE 13-7: INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS Power-on Reset Brown-out Reset MCLR Resets WDT Reset Wake-up via WDT or Interrupt xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu INDF N/A N/A N/A TMR0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu 0000h 0000h PC + 1(2) STATUS 0001 1xxx 000q quuu(3) uuuq quuu(3) FSR xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu PORTA --0x 0000 --0u 0000 --uu uuuu PORTB xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu PORTC xx-- -xxx uu-- -uuu uu-- -uuu PORTD(4) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu PORTE(4) ---- -xxx ---- -uuu ---- -uuu PCLATH ---0 0000 ---0 0000 ---u uuuu INTCON 0000 000x 0000 000u uuuu uuuu(1) PIR1 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu(1) PIR2 ---- ---0 ---- ---0 ---- ---u(1) TMR1L xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu TMR1H xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu T1CON --00 0000 --uu uuuu --uu uuuu TMR2 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu T2CON -000 0000 -000 0000 -uuu uuuu CCPR1L xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu CCPR1H xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu CCP1CON --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu RCSTA 0000 -00x 0000 -00x uuuu -uuu TXREG 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu RCREG 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu CCPR2L xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu CCPR2H xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu CCP2CON 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu ADRES xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu ADCON0 0000 00-0 0000 00-0 uuuu uu-u OPTION_REG 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu TRISA --11 1111 --11 1111 --uu uuuu TRISB 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu 11-- -111 11-- -111 uu-- -uuu 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu Register W PCL TRISC TRISD (4) Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 4: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ’0’, q = value depends on condition One or more bits in INTCON, PIR1 and/or PIR2 will be affected (to cause wake-up). When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h). See Table 13-5 for reset value for specific condition. PIC16C765 only. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 101 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 13-7: INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED) Power-on Reset Brown-out Reset MCLR Resets WDT Reset Wake-up via WDT or Interrupt TRISE(4) 0000 -111 0000 -111 uuuu -uuu PIE1 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu PIE2 ---- ---0 ---- ---0 ---- ---u ---- --0q(3) ---- --uu ---- --uu PR2 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 TXSTA 0000 -010 0000 -010 uuuu -uuu SPBRG 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu ADCON1 ---- -000 ---- -000 ---- -uuu UIR --00 0000 --00 0000 --00 0000 UIE --00 0000 --00 0000 --00 0000 UEIR 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 UEIE 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 USTAT ---x xx-- ---u uu-- ---u uu-- UCTRL --x0 000- --xq qqq- --xq qqq- UADDR -000 0000 -000 0000 -000 0000 USWSTAT 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 UEP0 ---- 0000 ---- 0000 ---- 0000 UEP1 ---- 0000 ---- 0000 ---- 0000 UEP2 ---- 0000 ---- 0000 ---- 0000 Register PCON Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 4: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ’0’, q = value depends on condition One or more bits in INTCON, PIR1 and/or PIR2 will be affected (to cause wake-up). When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h). See Table 13-5 for reset value for specific condition. PIC16C765 only. DS41124A-page 102 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 13.6 Interrupts Note: The interrupt control register (INTCON) records individual interrupt requests in flag bits. It also has individual and global interrupt enable bits. Note: Individual interrupt flag bits are set, regardless of the status of their corresponding mask bit or the GIE bit. A global interrupt enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>) enables (if set) all un-masked interrupts or disables (if cleared) all interrupts. When bit GIE is enabled, and an interrupt’s flag bit and mask bit are set, the interrupt will vector immediately. Individual interrupts can be disabled through their corresponding enable bits in various registers. Individual interrupt bits are set, regardless of the status of the GIE bit. The GIE bit is cleared on reset. The “return from interrupt” instruction, RETFIE, exits the interrupt routine, as well as sets the GIE bit, which re-enables interrupts. The RB0/INT pin interrupt, the RB port change interrupt and the TMR0 overflow interrupt flags are contained in the INTCON register. The peripheral interrupt flags are contained in the special function registers PIR1 and PIR2. The corresponding interrupt enable bits are contained in special function registers PIE1 and PIE2 and the peripheral interrupt enable bit is contained in special function register INTCON. If an interrupt occurs while the Global Interrupt Enable (GIE) bit is being cleared, the GIE bit may unintentionally be reenabled by the user’s Interrupt Service Routine (the RETFIE instruction). The events that would cause this to occur are: 1. An instruction clears the GIE bit while an interrupt is acknowledged. 2. The program branches to the interrupt vector and executes the interrupt service routine. 3. The interrupt service routine completes the execution of the RETFIE instruction. This causes the GIE bit to be set (enables interrupts), and the program returns to the instruction after the one which was meant to disable interrupts. Perform the following to ensure that interrupts are globally disabled: LOOP BCF INTCON, GIE BTFSC INTCON, GIE GOTO : LOOP ; Disable global ; interrupt bit ; Global interrupt ; disabled? ; NO, try again ; Yes, continue ; with program ; flow When an interrupt is responded to, the GIE bit is cleared to disable any further interrupt, the return address is pushed onto the stack, and the PC is loaded with 0004h. Once in the interrupt service routine, the source(s) of the interrupt can be determined by polling the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt flag bit(s) must be cleared in software before re-enabling interrupts to avoid recursive interrupts. For external interrupt events, such as the INT pin or PORTB change interrupt, the interrupt latency will be three or four instruction cycles. The exact latency depends when the interrupt event occurs. The latency is the same for one or two cycle instructions. Individual interrupt flag bits are set, regardless of the status of their corresponding mask bit or the GIE bit. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 103 PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 13-5: WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 OSC1 Tost(2) CLKOUT(4) INT pin INTF flag (INTCON<1>) Interrupt Latency(2) GIE bit (INTCON<7>) Processor in SLEEP INSTRUCTION FLOW PC PC+2 Note 1: 2: 3: 4: PC + 2 PC+2 Instruction fetched Instruction executed Inst(PC + 2) Inst(PC + 1) Dummy cycle 0004h 0005h Inst(0004h) Inst(0005h) Dummy cycle Inst(0004h) HS oscillator mode assumed. TOST = 1024TOSC (drawing not to scale). This delay is not present in EC osc mode. GIE = ’1’ assumed. After wake- up, the processor jumps to the interrupt routine. If GIE = ’0’, execution will continue in-line. CLKOUT is not available in these osc modes, but shown here for timing reference. FIGURE 13-6: INTERRUPT LOGIC PSPIF(1) PSPIE(1) ADIF ADIE Wake-up (If in SLEEP mode) T0IF T0IE RCIF RCIE INTF INTE TXIF TXIE Interrupt to CPU RBIF RBIE USBIF USBIE PEIE CCP1IF CCP1IE GIE TMR2IF TMR2IE TMR1IF TMR1IE CCP2IF CCP2IE The following table shows the interrupts for each device. Device T0IF INTF RBIF PSPIF ADIF RCIF TXIF USBIF PIC16C745 Yes Yes Yes — Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes PIC16C765 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Note 1: CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF CCP2IF PIC16C765 only. DS41124A-page 104 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 13.6.1 INT INTERRUPT 13.7 The external interrupt on RB0/INT pin is edge triggered: either rising, if bit INTEDG (OPTION_REG<6>) is set or falling, if the INTEDG bit is clear. When a valid edge appears on the RB0/INT pin, flag bit INTF (INTCON<1>) is set. This interrupt can be disabled by clearing enable bit INTE (INTCON<4>). Flag bit INTF must be cleared in software in the interrupt service routine before re-enabling this interrupt. The INT interrupt can wake-up the processor from SLEEP, if bit INTE was set prior to going into SLEEP. The status of global interrupt enable bit GIE decides whether or not the processor branches to the interrupt vector following wake-up. See Section 13.9 for details on SLEEP mode. 13.6.2 TMR0 INTERRUPT An overflow (FFh → 00h) in the TMR0 register will set flag bit T0IF (INTCON<2>). The interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit T0IE (INTCON<5>). (Section 6.0) 13.6.3 PORTB INTERRUPT ON CHANGE An input change on PORTB<7:4> sets flag bit RBIF (INTCON<0>). The interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit RBIE (INTCON<4>). (Section 5.2) Note: Context Saving During Interrupts During an interrupt, only the PC is saved on the stack. At the very least, W and STATUS should be saved to preserve the context for the interrupted program. All registers that may be corrupted by the ISR, such as PCLATH or FSR, should be saved. Example 13-1 stores and restores the STATUS, W and PCLATH registers. The register, W_TEMP, is defined in Common RAM, the last 16 bytes of each bank that may be accessed from any bank. The STATUS_TEMP and PCLATH_TEMP are defined in bank 0. The example: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) Stores the W register. Stores the STATUS register in bank 0. Stores the PCLATH register in bank 0. Executes the ISR code. Restores the PCLATH register. Restores the STATUS register Restores W. Note that W_TEMP, STATUS_TEMP and PCLATH_TEMP are defined in the common RAM area (70h - 7Fh) to avoid register bank switching during context save and restore. If a change on the I/O pin should occur when the read operation is being executed (start of the Q2 cycle), then the RBIF interrupt flag may not get set. EXAMPLE 13-1: SAVING STATUS, W, AND PCLATH REGISTERS IN RAM #define W_TEMP 0x70 #define STATUS_TEMP 0x71 #define PCLATH_TEMP 0x72 org 0x04 ; start at Interrupt Vector MOVWF W_TEMP ; Save W register MOVF STATUS,W MOVWF STATUS_TEMP ; save STATUS MOVF PCLATH,W MOVWF PCLATH_TEMP ; save PCLATH : (Interrupt Service Routine) : MOVF PCLATH_TEMP,W MOVWF PCLATH MOVF STATUS_TEMP,W MOVWF STATUS SWAPF W_TEMP,F ; SWAPF W_TEMP,W ; swapf loads W without affecting STATUS flags RETFIE 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 105 PIC16C745/765 13.8 Watchdog Timer (WDT) ratio of up to 1:128 can be assigned to the WDT under software control by writing to the OPTION register. Time-out periods up to 128 TWDT can be realized. The watchdog timer is a free running on-chip dedicated oscillator, which does not require any external components. The WDT will run, even if the clock on the OSC1/ CLKIN and OSC2/CLKOUT pins of the device has been stopped, for example, by execution of a SLEEP instruction. The CLRWDT and SLEEP instructions clear the WDT and the postscaler, if assigned to the WDT. In addition, the SLEEP instruction prevents the WDT from generating a reset, but will allow the WDT to wake the device from sleep mode. During normal operation, a WDT time-out generates a device RESET (Watchdog Timer Reset). If the device is in SLEEP mode, a WDT time-out causes the device to wake-up and resume normal operation (Watchdog Timer Wake-up). The TO bit in the STATUS register will be cleared upon a WDT time-out. 13.8.2 It should also be taken into account that under worst case conditions (VDD = Min., Temperature = Max., and max. WDT prescaler) it may take several seconds before a WDT time-out occurs. The WDT can be permanently disabled by clearing configuration bit WDTE (Section 13.1). 13.8.1 WDT PROGRAMMING CONSIDERATIONS WDT PERIOD Note: The WDT has a nominal time-out period of 18 ms (parameter #31, TWDT). The time-out periods vary with temperature, VDD and process variations. If longer time-out periods are desired, a prescaler with a division When a CLRWDT instruction is executed and the prescaler is assigned to the WDT, the prescaler count will be cleared, but the prescaler assignment is not changed. FIGURE 13-7: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM From TMR0 Clock Source (Figure 6-1) 0 1 WDT Timer Postscaler M U X 8 8 - to - 1 MUX PS<2:0> PSA WDT Enable Bit To TMR0 MUX (Figure 6-1) 0 1 MUX WDT Time-out Note: PSA and PS<2:0> are bits in the OPTION register. TABLE 13-8: PSA SUMMARY OF WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTERS Address Name 2007h Config. bits 81h,181h OPTION_REG Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 — BODEN(1) CP1 CP0 PWRTE(1) WDTE PLL FOSC0 RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 Value on POR, BOR Value on All Other Resets 1111 1111 1111 1111 Legend: Shaded cells are not used by the Watchdog Timer. Note 1: See Register 13-1 for operation of these bits. DS41124A-page 106 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 13.9 Other peripherals cannot generate interrupts since during SLEEP, no on-chip Q clocks are present. Power-Down Mode (SLEEP) Power-down mode is entered by executing a SLEEP instruction. If enabled, the WDT will be cleared but keeps running, the PD bit (STATUS<3>) is cleared, the TO (STATUS<4>) bit is set, and the oscillator driver is turned off. The I/O ports maintain the status they had, before the SLEEP instruction was executed (driving high, low, or hi-impedance). For lowest current consumption in this mode, place all I/O pins at either VDD or VSS, ensure no external circuitry is drawing current from the I/O pin, power-down the A/D, and disable external clocks. Pull all I/O pins that are hi-impedance inputs, high or low externally, to avoid switching currents caused by floating inputs. The T0CKI input should also be at VDD or VSS for lowest current consumption. The contribution from on-chip pull-ups on PORTB should be considered. The MCLR pin must be at a logic high level (VIHMC). 13.9.1 WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP The device can wake up from SLEEP through one of the following events: 1. 2. 3. External reset input on MCLR pin. Watchdog Timer Wake-up (if WDT was enabled). Interrupt from INT pin, RB port change or some Peripheral Interrupts. When the SLEEP instruction is being executed, the next instruction (PC + 1) is pre-fetched. For the device to wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding interrupt enable bit must be set (enabled). Wake-up is regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE bit is clear (disabled), the device continues execution at the instruction after the SLEEP instruction. If the GIE bit is set (enabled), the device executes the instruction after the SLEEP instruction and then branches to the interrupt address (0004h). In cases where the execution of the instruction following SLEEP is not desirable, the user should have a NOP after the SLEEP instruction. 13.9.2 WAKE-UP USING INTERRUPTS When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit and interrupt flag bit set, one of the following will occur: • If the interrupt occurs before the execution of a SLEEP instruction, the SLEEP instruction will complete as a NOP. Therefore, the WDT and WDT postscaler will not be cleared, the TO bit will not be set and PD bit will not be cleared. • If the interrupt occurs during or after the execution of a SLEEP instruction, the device will immediately wake up from sleep. The SLEEP instruction will be completely executed before the wake-up. Therefore, the WDT and WDT postscaler will be cleared, the TO bit will be set and the PD bit will be cleared. External MCLR reset will cause a device reset. All other events are considered a continuation of program execution and cause a “wake-up”. The TO and PD bits in the STATUS register can be used to determine the cause of device reset. The PD bit, which is set on power-up, is cleared when SLEEP is invoked. The TO bit is cleared if a WDT time-out occurred (and caused wake-up). Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a SLEEP instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to become set before the SLEEP instruction completes. To determine whether a SLEEP instruction executed, test the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the SLEEP instruction was executed as a NOP. The following peripheral interrupts can wake the device from SLEEP: To ensure that the WDT is cleared, a CLRWDT instruction should be executed before a SLEEP instruction. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. TMR1 interrupt. Timer1 must be operating as an asynchronous counter. USB Interrupt CCP capture mode interrupt. Parallel slave port read or write. (PIC16C765 only) A/D conversion (when A/D clock source is dedicated internal oscillator). USART TX or RX (synchronous slave mode). 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 107 PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 13-8: WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 OSC1 Tost(2) CLKOUT(4) INT pin INTF flag (INTCON<1>) Interrupt Latency(2) GIE bit (INTCON<7>) Processor in SLEEP INSTRUCTION FLOW PC Instruction fetched Instruction executed Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 13.10 PC Inst(PC) = SLEEP Inst(PC - 1) PC+1 PC+2 Inst(PC + 1) Inst(PC + 2) SLEEP Inst(PC + 1) 13.11 Program Verification/Code Protection Microchip does not recommend code protecting windowed devices. Devices that are code protected may be erased, but not programmed again. ID Locations Four memory locations (2000h - 2003h) are designated as ID locations where the user can store checksum or other code-identification numbers. These locations are not accessible during normal execution but are readable and writable during program/verify. It is recommended that only the four least significant bits of the ID location are used. 13.12 Dummy cycle 0004h 0005h Inst(0004h) Inst(0005h) Dummy cycle Inst(0004h) HS oscillator mode assumed. TOST = 1024TOSC (drawing not to scale). This delay is not present in EC osc mode. GIE = ’1’ assumed. After wake- up, the processor jumps to the interrupt routine. If GIE = ’0’, execution will continue in-line. CLKOUT is not available in these osc modes, but shown here for timing reference. If the code protection bit(s) have not been programmed, the on-chip program memory can be read out for verification purposes. Note: PC + 2 PC+2 The device is placed into a program/verify mode by holding the RB6 and RB7 pins low, while raising the MCLR (VPP) pin from VIL to VIHH (see programming specification). RB6 becomes the programming clock and RB7 becomes the programming data. Both RB6 and RB7 are Schmitt Trigger inputs in this mode. After reset, to place the device into programming/verify mode, the program counter (PC) is at location 00h. A 6-bit command is then supplied to the device. Depending on the command, 14 bits of program data are then supplied to or from the device, depending if the command was a load or a read. For complete details of serial programming, please refer to the PIC16C6X/7X Programming Specifications (Literature #DS30228). FIGURE 13-9: TYPICAL IN-CIRCUIT SERIAL PROGRAMMING CONNECTION In-Circuit Serial Programming PIC16CXX microcontrollers can be serially programmed while in the end application circuit. This is simply done with two lines for clock and data, and three other lines for power, ground and the programming voltage. This allows customers to manufacture boards with unprogrammed devices, and then program the microcontroller just before shipping the product. This also allows the most recent firmware or a custom firmware to be programmed. External Connector Signals To Normal Connections PIC16CXX +5V VDD 0V VSS VPP MCLR/VPP CLK RB6 Data I/O RB7 VDD To Normal Connections DS41124A-page 108 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 14.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY Each PIC16CXX instruction is a 14-bit word divided into an OPCODE, which specifies the instruction type and one or more operands, which further specify the operation of the instruction. The PIC16CXX instruction set summary in Table 14-2 lists byte-oriented, bit-oriented, and literal and control operations. Table 14-1 shows the opcode field descriptions. For byte-oriented instructions, ’f’ represents a file register designator and ’d’ represents a destination designator. The file register designator specifies which file register is to be used by the instruction. The destination designator specifies where the result of the operation is to be placed. If ’d’ is zero, the result is placed in the W register. If ’d’ is one, the result is placed in the file register specified in the instruction. For bit-oriented instructions, ’b’ represents a bit field designator which selects the number of the bit affected by the operation, while ’f’ represents the number of the file in which the bit is located. For literal and control operations, ’k’ represents an eight or eleven bit constant or literal value. TABLE 14-1: OPCODE FIELD DESCRIPTIONS Field Table 14-2 lists the instructions recognized by the MPASM assembler. Figure 14-1 shows the general formats that the instructions can have. Note: Working register (accumulator) b Bit address within an 8-bit file register k Literal field, constant data or label x Don’t care location (= 0 or 1) The assembler will generate code with x = 0. It is the recommended form of use for compatibility with all Microchip software tools. FIGURE 14-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR INSTRUCTIONS Byte-oriented file register operations 13 8 7 6 OPCODE d f (FILE #) label Label name Bit-oriented file register operations 13 10 9 7 6 OPCODE b (BIT #) f (FILE #) Top of Stack Program Counter PCLATH Program Counter High Latch Global Interrupt Enable bit WDT Watchdog Timer/Counter TO Time-out bit PD Power-down bit dest [ ] Options Contents → Assigned to <> Register bit field ∈ 0 b = 3-bit bit address f = 7-bit file register address Literal and control operations General Destination either the W register or the specified register file location ( ) 0 d = 0 for destination W d = 1 for destination f f = 7-bit file register address Destination select; d = 0: store result in W, d = 1: store result in file register f. Default is d = 1 GIE To maintain upward compatibility with future PIC16CXX products, do not use the OPTION and TRIS instructions. where h signifies a hexadecimal digit. W PC All instructions are executed within one single instruction cycle, unless a conditional test is true or the program counter is changed as a result of an instruction. In this case, the execution takes two instruction cycles with the second cycle executed as a NOP. One instruction cycle consists of four oscillator periods. Thus, for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, the normal instruction execution time is 1 µs. If a conditional test is true or the program counter is changed as a result of an instruction, the instruction execution time is 2 µs. 0xhh Description Register file address (0x00 to 0x7F) TOS • Byte-oriented operations • Bit-oriented operations • Literal and control operations All examples use the following format to represent a hexadecimal number: f d The instruction set is highly orthogonal and is grouped into three basic categories: 13 8 7 OPCODE 0 k (literal) k = 8-bit immediate value CALL and GOTO instructions only 13 11 OPCODE 10 0 k (literal) In the set of italics User defined term (font is courier) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. k = 11-bit immediate value Advanced Information DS41124A-page 109 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 14-2: PIC16CXX INSTRUCTION SET Mnemonic, Operands Description Cycles 14-Bit Opcode MSb LSb Status Affected Notes BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS ADDWF ANDWF CLRF CLRW COMF DECF DECFSZ INCF INCFSZ IORWF MOVF MOVWF NOP RLF RRF SUBWF SWAPF XORWF f, d f, d f f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d Add W and f AND W with f Clear f Clear W Complement f Decrement f Decrement f, Skip if 0 Increment f Increment f, Skip if 0 Inclusive OR W with f Move f Move W to f No Operation Rotate Left f through Carry Rotate Right f through Carry Subtract W from f Swap nibbles in f Exclusive OR W with f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1(2) 1 1(2) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0111 0101 0001 0001 1001 0011 1011 1010 1111 0100 1000 0000 0000 1101 1100 0010 1110 0110 dfff dfff lfff 0000 dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff lfff 0xx0 dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff ffff ffff ffff 0011 ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff 0000 ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff 1 1 1 (2) 1 (2) 01 01 01 01 00bb 01bb 10bb 11bb bfff bfff bfff bfff ffff ffff ffff ffff 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 11 11 10 00 10 11 11 00 11 00 00 11 11 111x 1001 0kkk 0000 1kkk 1000 00xx 0000 01xx 0000 0000 110x 1010 kkkk kkkk kkkk 0110 kkkk kkkk kkkk 0000 kkkk 0000 0110 kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk 0100 kkkk kkkk kkkk 1001 kkkk 1000 0011 kkkk kkkk C,DC,Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z C C C,DC,Z Z 1,2 1,2 2 1,2 1,2 1,2,3 1,2 1,2,3 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS BCF BSF BTFSC BTFSS f, b f, b f, b f, b Bit Clear f Bit Set f Bit Test f, Skip if Clear Bit Test f, Skip if Set 1,2 1,2 3 3 LITERAL AND CONTROL OPERATIONS ADDLW ANDLW CALL CLRWDT GOTO IORLW MOVLW RETFIE RETLW RETURN SLEEP SUBLW XORLW k k k k k k k k k Add literal and W AND literal with W Call subroutine Clear Watchdog Timer Go to address Inclusive OR literal with W Move literal to W Return from interrupt Return with literal in W Return from Subroutine Go into standby mode Subtract W from literal Exclusive OR literal with W C,DC,Z Z TO,PD Z TO,PD C,DC,Z Z Note 1: When an I/O register is modified as a function of itself ( e.g., MOVF PORTB, 1), the value used will be that value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is ’1’ for a pin configured as input and is driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a ’0’. 2: If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and, where applicable, d = 1), the prescaler will be cleared if assigned to the Timer0 Module. 3: If Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second cycle is executed as a NOP. Note: Additional information on the mid-range instruction set is available in the PICmicro™ Mid-Range MCU Family Reference Manual (DS33023). DS41124A-page 110 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 14.1 Instruction Descriptions ADDLW Add Literal and W ANDWF AND W with f Syntax: [label] ADDLW Syntax: [label] ANDWF Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (W) .AND. (f) → (destination) Status Affected: Z Description: AND the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is stored back in register 'f'. k Operation: (W) + k → (W) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Description: The contents of the W register are added to the eight bit literal ’k’ and the result is placed in the W register. f,d BCF Bit Clear f Syntax: [label] BCF 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0≤b≤7 Operation: (W) + (f) → (destination) Operation: 0 → (f<b>) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Status Affected: None Description: Add the contents of the W register with register ’f’. If ’d’ is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is stored back in register ’f’. Description: Bit 'b' in register 'f' is cleared. ANDLW AND Literal with W BSF Bit Set f Syntax: [label] ANDLW Syntax: [label] BSF Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0≤b≤7 Operation: 1 → (f<b>) Status Affected: None Description: Bit ’b’ in register ’f’ is set. ADDWF Add W and f Syntax: [label] ADDWF Operands: f,d k Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: (W) .AND. (k) → (W) Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of W register are AND’ed with the eight bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information f,b f,b DS41124A-page 111 PIC16C745/765 BTFSS Bit Test f, Skip if Set CLRF Clear f Syntax: [label] BTFSS f,b Syntax: [label] CLRF Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0≤b<7 Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 Operation: Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 1 00h → (f) 1→Z Status Affected: None Status Affected: Z Description: If bit ’b’ in register ’f’ is ’0’, the next instruction is executed. If bit ’b’ is ’1’, then the next instruction is discarded and a NOP is executed instead making this a 2TCY instruction. Description: The contents of register ’f’ are cleared and the Z bit is set. CLRW Clear W BTFSC Bit Test, Skip if Clear Syntax: [ label ] CLRW f Syntax: [label] BTFSC f,b Operands: None Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0≤b≤7 Operation: 00h → (W) 1→Z Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 0 Status Affected: Z Status Affected: None Description: Description: If bit ’b’ in register ’f’ is ’1’, the next instruction is executed. If bit ’b’, in register ’f’, is ’0’, the next instruction is discarded, and a NOP is executed instead, making this a 2TCY instruction. W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z) is set. CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer CALL Call Subroutine Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT Syntax: [ label ] CALL k Operands: None Operation: 00h → WDT 0 → WDT prescaler, 1 → TO 1 → PD Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 2047 Operation: (PC)+ 1→ TOS, k → PC<10:0>, (PCLATH<4:3>) → PC<12:11> Status Affected: None Description: Call Subroutine. First, return address (PC+1) is pushed onto the stack. The eleven bit immediate address is loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of the PC are loaded from PCLATH. CALL is a two cycle instruction. DS41124A-page 112 Status Affected: TO, PD Description: CLRWDT instruction resets the Watchdog Timer. It also resets the prescaler of the WDT. Status bits TO and PD are set. Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 COMF Complement f GOTO Unconditional Branch Syntax: [ label ] COMF Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 2047 Operation: (f) → (destination) Operation: k → PC<10:0> PCLATH<4:3> → PC<12:11> Status Affected: Z Status Affected: None Description: The contents of register ’f’ are complemented. If ’d’ is 0, the result is stored in W. If ’d’ is 1, the result is stored back in register ’f’. Description: GOTO is an unconditional branch. The eleven bit immediate value is loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of PC are loaded from PCLATH<4:3>. GOTO is a two cycle instruction. DECF Decrement f Syntax: [label] DECF f,d INCF Increment f Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] (f) + 1 → (destination) f,d GOTO k INCF f,d Operation: (f) - 1 → (destination) Status Affected: Z Operation: Description: Decrement register ’f’. If ’d’ is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is stored back in register ’f’. Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of register ’f’ are incremented. If ’d’ is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is placed back in register ’f’. INCFSZ Increment f, Skip if 0 DECFSZ Decrement f, Skip if 0 Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) - 1 → (destination); skip if result = 0 Status Affected: None Description: The contents of register ’f’ are decremented. If ’d’ is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is placed back in register ’f’. If the result is 1, the next instruction is executed. If the result is 0, then a NOP is executed instead making it a 2TCY instruction. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) + 1 → (destination), skip if result = 0 Status Affected: None Description: The contents of register ’f’ are incremented. If ’d’ is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is placed back in register ’f’. If the result is 1, the next instruction is executed. If the result is 0, a NOP is executed instead making it a 2TCY instruction. Advanced Information INCFSZ f,d DS41124A-page 113 PIC16C745/765 IORLW Inclusive OR Literal with W MOVLW Move Literal to W Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: (W) .OR. k → (W) Operation: k → (W) Status Affected: Z Status Affected: None Description: The contents of the W register are OR’ed with the eight bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register. Description: The eight bit literal 'k' is loaded into W register. The don’t cares will assemble as 0’s. IORLW k MOVLW k IORWF Inclusive OR W with f MOVWF Move W to f Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 (W) .OR. (f) → (destination) Operation: (W) → (f) Operation: Status Affected: None Status Affected: Z Description: Description: Inclusive OR the W register with register ’f’. If ’d’ is 0 the result is placed in the W register. If ’d’ is 1 the result is placed back in register ’f’. Move data from W register to register ’f’. IORWF f,d MOVWF NOP No Operation Syntax: [ label ] Operands: None No operation NOP MOVF Move f Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: Status Affected: None Operation: (f) → (destination) Description: No operation. Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of register f are moved to a destination dependant upon the status of d. If d = 0, destination is W register. If d = 1, the destination is file register f itself. d = 1 is useful to test a file register since status flag Z is affected. DS41124A-page 114 MOVF f,d Advanced Information f 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 RETFIE Return from Interrupt RLF Rotate Left f through Carry Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: None Operands: Operation: TOS → PC, 1 → GIE 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: See description below None Status Affected: C Description: The contents of register ’f’ are rotated one bit to the left through the Carry Flag. If ’d’ is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is stored back in register ’f’. Status Affected: RETFIE RLF C RETLW Return with Literal in W Syntax: [ label ] Operands: Operation: RETLW k f,d Register f RRF Rotate Right f through Carry 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Syntax: [ label ] k → (W); TOS → PC Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Status Affected: None Operation: See description below Description: The W register is loaded with the eight bit literal ’k’. The program counter is loaded from the top of the stack (the return address). This is a two cycle instruction. Status Affected: C Description: The contents of register ’f’ are rotated one bit to the right through the Carry Flag. If ’d’ is 0, the result is placed in the W register. If ’d’ is 1, the result is placed back in register ’f’. RRF f,d C Register f RETURN Return from Subroutine Syntax: [ label ] Operands: None SLEEP Operation: TOS → PC Syntax: Status Affected: None [ label ] Description: Return from subroutine. The stack is POPed and the top of the stack (TOS) is loaded into the program counter. This is a two cycle instruction. Operands: None Operation: 00h → WDT, 0 → WDT prescaler, 1 → TO, 0 → PD Status Affected: TO, PD Description: The power-down status bit, PD is cleared. Time-out status bit, TO is set. Watchdog Timer and its prescaler are cleared. The processor is put into SLEEP mode with the oscillator stopped. See Section 13.9 for more details. RETURN 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information SLEEP DS41124A-page 115 PIC16C745/765 SUBLW Syntax: Subtract W from Literal [ label ] SUBLW k Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: k - (W) → (W) Operation: (W) .XOR. k → (W) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Status Affected: Z Description: The W register is subtracted (2’s complement method) from the eight bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register. Description: The contents of the W register are XOR’ed with the eight bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register. SUBWF Syntax: Subtract W from f [ label ] SUBWF f,d XORWF Exclusive OR W with f Syntax: [label] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) - (W) → (destination) Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) → (destination) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Status Affected: Z Description: Description: Exclusive OR the contents of the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is stored back in register 'f'. Subtract (2’s complement method) W register from register 'f'. If 'd' is 0, the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is stored back in register 'f'. SWAPF Swap Nibbles in f Syntax: [ label ] SWAPF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f<3:0>) → (destination<7:4>), (f<7:4>) → (destination<3:0>) Status Affected: None Description: The upper and lower nibbles of register 'f' are exchanged. If 'd' is 0, the result is placed in W register. If 'd' is 1, the result is placed in register 'f'. DS41124A-page 116 XORLW Exclusive OR Literal with W Syntax: [label] Advanced Information XORLW k XORWF f,d 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 15.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT ® The PICmicro microcontrollers are supported with a full range of hardware and software development tools: • Integrated Development Environment - MPLAB™ IDE Software • Assemblers/Compilers/Linkers - MPASM Assembler - MPLAB-C17 and MPLAB-C18 C Compilers - MPLINK/MPLIB Linker/Librarian • Simulators - MPLAB-SIM Software Simulator • Emulators - MPLAB-ICE Real-Time In-Circuit Emulator - PICMASTER®/PICMASTER-CE In-Circuit Emulator - ICEPIC™ • In-Circuit Debugger - MPLAB-ICD for PIC16F877 • Device Programmers - PRO MATE II Universal Programmer - PICSTART Plus Entry-Level Prototype Programmer • Low-Cost Demonstration Boards - SIMICE - PICDEM-1 - PICDEM-2 - PICDEM-3 - PICDEM-17 - SEEVAL - KEELOQ 15.1 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software development previously unseen in the 8-bit microcontroller market. MPLAB is a Windows-based application which contains: • Multiple functionality - editor - simulator - programmer (sold separately) - emulator (sold separately) • A full featured editor • A project manager • Customizable tool bar and key mapping • A status bar • On-line help 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. MPLAB allows you to: • Edit your source files (either assembly or ‘C’) • One touch assemble (or compile) and download to PICmicro tools (automatically updates all project information) • Debug using: - source files - absolute listing file - object code The ability to use MPLAB with Microchip’s simulator, MPLAB-SIM, allows a consistent platform and the ability to easily switch from the cost-effective simulator to the full featured emulator with minimal retraining. 15.2 MPASM Assembler MPASM is a full featured universal macro assembler for all PICmicro MCU’s. It can produce absolute code directly in the form of HEX files for device programmers, or it can generate relocatable objects for MPLINK. MPASM has a command line interface and a Windows shell and can be used as a standalone application on a Windows 3.x or greater system. MPASM generates relocatable object files, Intel standard HEX files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol reference, an absolute LST file which contains source lines and generated machine code, and a COD file for MPLAB debugging. MPASM features include: • MPASM and MPLINK are integrated into MPLAB projects. • MPASM allows user defined macros to be created for streamlined assembly. • MPASM allows conditional assembly for multi purpose source files. • MPASM directives allow complete control over the assembly process. 15.3 MPLAB-C17 and MPLAB-C18 C Compilers The MPLAB-C17 and MPLAB-C18 Code Development Systems are complete ANSI ‘C’ compilers and integrated development environments for Microchip’s PIC17CXXX and PIC18CXXX family of microcontrollers, respectively. These compilers provide powerful integration capabilities and ease of use not found with other compilers. For easier source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is compatible with the MPLAB IDE memory display. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 117 PIC16C745/765 15.4 MPLINK/MPLIB Linker/Librarian MPLINK is a relocatable linker for MPASM and MPLAB-C17 and MPLAB-C18. It can link relocatable objects from assembly or C source files along with precompiled libraries using directives from a linker script. MPLIB is a librarian for pre-compiled code to be used with MPLINK. When a routine from a library is called from another source file, only the modules that contains that routine will be linked in with the application. This allows large libraries to be used efficiently in many different applications. MPLIB manages the creation and modification of library files. MPLINK features include: • MPLINK works with MPASM and MPLAB-C17 and MPLAB-C18. • MPLINK allows all memory areas to be defined as sections to provide link-time flexibility. MPLIB features include: • MPLIB makes linking easier because single libraries can be included instead of many smaller files. • MPLIB helps keep code maintainable by grouping related modules together. • MPLIB commands allow libraries to be created and modules to be added, listed, replaced, deleted, or extracted. 15.5 MPLAB-SIM Software Simulator The MPLAB-SIM Software Simulator allows code development in a PC host environment by simulating the PICmicro series microcontrollers on an instruction level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from a file or user-defined key press to any of the pins. The execution can be performed in single step, execute until break, or trace mode. MPLAB-SIM fully supports symbolic debugging using MPLAB-C17 and MPLAB-C18 and MPASM. The Software Simulator offers the flexibility to develop and debug code outside of the laboratory environment making it an excellent multi-project software development tool. 15.6 MPLAB-ICE High Performance Universal In-Circuit Emulator with MPLAB IDE The MPLAB-ICE Universal In-Circuit Emulator is intended to provide the product development engineer with a complete microcontroller design tool set for PICmicro microcontrollers (MCUs). Software control of MPLAB-ICE is provided by the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE), which allows editing, “make” and download, and source debugging from a single environment. DS41124A-page 118 Interchangeable processor modules allow the system to be easily reconfigured for emulation of different processors. The universal architecture of the MPLAB-ICE allows expansion to support new PICmicro microcontrollers. The MPLAB-ICE Emulator System has been designed as a real-time emulation system with advanced features that are generally found on more expensive development tools. The PC platform and Microsoft® Windows 3.x/95/98 environment were chosen to best make these features available to you, the end user. MPLAB-ICE 2000 is a full-featured emulator system with enhanced trace, trigger, and data monitoring features. Both systems use the same processor modules and will operate across the full operating speed range of the PICmicro MCU. 15.7 PICMASTER/PICMASTER CE The PICMASTER system from Microchip Technology is a full-featured, professional quality emulator system. This flexible in-circuit emulator provides a high-quality, universal platform for emulating Microchip 8-bit PICmicro microcontrollers (MCUs). PICMASTER systems are sold worldwide, with a CE compliant model available for European Union (EU) countries. 15.8 ICEPIC ICEPIC is a low-cost in-circuit emulation solution for the Microchip Technology PIC16C5X, PIC16C6X, PIC16C7X, and PIC16CXX families of 8-bit one-timeprogrammable (OTP) microcontrollers. The modular system can support different subsets of PIC16C5X or PIC16CXX products through the use of interchangeable personality modules or daughter boards. The emulator is capable of emulating without target application circuitry being present. 15.9 MPLAB-ICD In-Circuit Debugger Microchip’s In-Circuit Debugger, MPLAB-ICD, is a powerful, low-cost run-time development tool. This tool is based on the flash PIC16F877 and can be used to develop for this and other PICmicro microcontrollers from the PIC16CXX family. MPLAB-ICD utilizes the InCircuit Debugging capability built into the PIC16F87X. This feature, along with Microchip’s In-Circuit Serial Programming protocol, offers cost-effective in-circuit flash programming and debugging from the graphical user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment. This enables a designer to develop and debug source code by watching variables, single-stepping and setting break points. Running at full speed enables testing hardware in real-time. The MPLAB-ICD is also a programmer for the flash PIC16F87X family. Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 15.10 PRO MATE II Universal Programmer The PRO MATE II Universal Programmer is a full-featured programmer capable of operating in stand-alone mode as well as PC-hosted mode. PRO MATE II is CE compliant. The PRO MATE II has programmable VDD and VPP supplies which allows it to verify programmed memory at VDD min and VDD max for maximum reliability. It has an LCD display for instructions and error messages, keys to enter commands and a modular detachable socket assembly to support various package types. In stand-alone mode the PRO MATE II can read, verify or program PICmicro devices. It can also set code-protect bits in this mode. 15.11 PICSTART Plus Entry Level Development System The PICSTART programmer is an easy-to-use, lowcost prototype programmer. It connects to the PC via one of the COM (RS-232) ports. MPLAB Integrated Development Environment software makes using the programmer simple and efficient. PICSTART Plus supports all PICmicro devices with up to 40 pins. Larger pin count devices such as the PIC16C92X, and PIC17C76X may be supported with an adapter socket. PICSTART Plus is CE compliant. 15.12 SIMICE Entry-Level Hardware Simulator SIMICE is an entry-level hardware development system designed to operate in a PC-based environment with Microchip’s simulator MPLAB-SIM. Both SIMICE and MPLAB-SIM run under Microchip Technology’s MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE) software. Specifically, SIMICE provides hardware simulation for Microchip’s PIC12C5XX, PIC12CE5XX, and PIC16C5X families of PICmicro 8-bit microcontrollers. SIMICE works in conjunction with MPLAB-SIM to provide non-real-time I/O port emulation. SIMICE enables a developer to run simulator code for driving the target system. In addition, the target system can provide input to the simulator code. This capability allows for simple and interactive debugging without having to manually generate MPLAB-SIM stimulus files. SIMICE is a valuable debugging tool for entry-level system development. 15.13 PICDEM-1 Low-Cost PICmicro Demonstration Board The PICDEM-1 is a simple board which demonstrates the capabilities of several of Microchip’s microcontrollers. The microcontrollers supported are: PIC16C5X (PIC16C54 to PIC16C58A), PIC16C61, PIC16C62X, PIC16C71, PIC16C8X, PIC17C42, PIC17C43 and PIC17C44. All necessary hardware and software is included to run basic demo programs. The users can program the sample microcontrollers provided with 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. the PICDEM-1 board, on a PRO MATE II or PICSTART-Plus programmer, and easily test firmware. The user can also connect the PICDEM-1 board to the MPLAB-ICE emulator and download the firmware to the emulator for testing. Additional prototype area is available for the user to build some additional hardware and connect it to the microcontroller socket(s). Some of the features include an RS-232 interface, a potentiometer for simulated analog input, push-button switches and eight LEDs connected to PORTB. 15.14 PICDEM-2 Low-Cost PIC16CXX Demonstration Board The PICDEM-2 is a simple demonstration board that supports the PIC16C62, PIC16C64, PIC16C65, PIC16C73 and PIC16C74 microcontrollers. All the necessary hardware and software is included to run the basic demonstration programs. The user can program the sample microcontrollers provided with the PICDEM-2 board, on a PRO MATE II programmer or PICSTART-Plus, and easily test firmware. The MPLAB-ICE emulator may also be used with the PICDEM-2 board to test firmware. Additional prototype area has been provided to the user for adding additional hardware and connecting it to the microcontroller socket(s). Some of the features include a RS-232 interface, push-button switches, a potentiometer for simulated analog input, a Serial EEPROM to demonstrate usage of the I2C bus and separate headers for connection to an LCD module and a keypad. 15.15 PICDEM-3 Low-Cost PIC16CXXX Demonstration Board The PICDEM-3 is a simple demonstration board that supports the PIC16C923 and PIC16C924 in the PLCC package. It will also support future 44-pin PLCC microcontrollers with a LCD Module. All the necessary hardware and software is included to run the basic demonstration programs. The user can program the sample microcontrollers provided with the PICDEM-3 board, on a PRO MATE II programmer or PICSTART Plus with an adapter socket, and easily test firmware. The MPLAB-ICE emulator may also be used with the PICDEM-3 board to test firmware. Additional prototype area has been provided to the user for adding hardware and connecting it to the microcontroller socket(s). Some of the features include an RS-232 interface, push-button switches, a potentiometer for simulated analog input, a thermistor and separate headers for connection to an external LCD module and a keypad. Also provided on the PICDEM-3 board is an LCD panel, with 4 commons and 12 segments, that is capable of displaying time, temperature and day of the week. The PICDEM-3 provides an additional RS-232 interface and Windows 3.1 software for showing the demultiplexed LCD signals on a PC. A simple serial interface allows the user to construct a hardware demultiplexer for the LCD signals. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 119 PIC16C745/765 15.16 PICDEM-17 The PICDEM-17 is an evaluation board that demonstrates the capabilities of several Microchip microcontrollers, including PIC17C752, PIC17C756, PIC17C762, and PIC17C766. All necessary hardware is included to run basic demo programs, which are supplied on a 3.5-inch disk. A programmed sample is included, and the user may erase it and program it with the other sample programs using the PRO MATE II or PICSTART Plus device programmers and easily debug and test the sample code. In addition, PICDEM-17 supports down-loading of programs to and executing out of external FLASH memory on board. The PICDEM-17 is also usable with the MPLAB-ICE or PICMASTER emulator, and all of the sample programs can be run and modified using either emulator. Additionally, a generous prototype area is available for user hardware. 15.17 SEEVAL Evaluation and Programming System The SEEVAL SEEPROM Designer’s Kit supports all Microchip 2-wire and 3-wire Serial EEPROMs. The kit includes everything necessary to read, write, erase or program special features of any Microchip SEEPROM product including Smart Serials and secure serials. The Total Endurance Disk is included to aid in tradeoff analysis and reliability calculations. The total kit can significantly reduce time-to-market and result in an optimized system. 15.18 KEELOQ Evaluation and Programming Tools KEELOQ evaluation and programming tools support Microchips HCS Secure Data Products. The HCS evaluation kit includes an LCD display to show changing codes, a decoder to decode transmissions, and a programming interface to program test transmitters. DS41124A-page 120 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Software Tools Emulators 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Programmers Debugger á PIC17C4X á á á á á á á PIC16C9XX á á á á á á á PIC16F8XX á á á á á PIC16C8X á á á á á á á PIC16C7XX á á á á á á á PIC16C7X á á á á á á á PIC16F62X á á á PIC16CXXX á á á á á PIC16C6X á á á á á á á PIC16C5X á á á á á á á PIC14000 á á á á á á PIC12CXXX á á á á á á á Advanced Information á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á * Contact the Microchip Technology Inc. web site at www.microchip.com for information on how to use the MPLAB-ICD In-Circuit Debugger (DV164001) with PIC16C62, 63, 64, 65, 72, 73, 74, 76, 77 ** Contact Microchip Technology Inc. for availability date. † Development tool is available on select devices. MCP2510 CAN Developer’s Kit MCRFXXX á á á 13.56 MHz Anticollision microID Developer’s Kit 125 kHz Anticollision microID Developer’s Kit 125 kHz microID Developer’s Kit microID™ Programmer’s Kit KEELOQ Transponder Kit KEELOQ® Evaluation Kit PICDEM-17 á PICDEM-14A á PICDEM-3 á á † á á PICDEM-2 á † 24CXX/ 25CXX/ 93CXX á † á PICDEM-1 á á á ** ** HCSXXX á SIMICE MPLAB-ICD In-Circuit Debugger ICEPIC Low-Cost In-Circuit Emulator PICMASTER/PICMASTER-CE MPLAB™-ICE MPASM/MPLINK MPLAB C18 Compiler * á PRO MATE II Universal Programmer á PICSTARTPlus Low-Cost Universal Dev. Kit á á á * PIC17C7XX á á ** PIC18CXX2 á á MPLAB C17 Compiler TABLE 15-1: Demo Boards and Eval Kits MPLAB Integrated Development Environment PIC16C745/765 DEVELOPMENT TOOLS FROM MICROCHIP MCP2510 á DS41124A-page 121 PIC16C745/765 NOTES: DS41124A-page 122 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 16.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Absolute Maximum Ratings (†) Ambient temperature under bias.............................................................................................................-55°C to +125°C Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +150°C Voltage on any pin with respect to VSS (except VDD, MCLR and RA4)........................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V) Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS ......................................................................................................... -0.3V to +7.5V Voltage on MCLR with respect to VSS ................................................................................................... -0.3V to +13.25V Voltage on RA4 with respect to Vss ......................................................................................................... -0.3V to +10.5V Total power dissipation (Note 1) ...............................................................................................................................1.0W Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................300 mA Maximum current into VDD pin ..............................................................................................................................250 mA Input clamp current, IIK (VI < 0 or VI > VDD)...................................................................................................................... ±20 mA Output clamp current, IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDD) .............................................................................................................. ±20 mA Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin ....................................................................................................25 mA Maximum current sunk by PORTA, PORTB, and PORTE (Note 2) (combined) ...................................................200 mA Maximum current sourced by PORTA, PORTB, and PORTE (Note 2) (combined) ..............................................200 mA Maximum current sunk by PORTC and PORTD (Note 2) (combined) ..................................................................200 mA Maximum current sourced by PORTC and PORTD (Note 2) (combined).............................................................200 mA Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows: Pdis = VDD x {IDD - ∑ IOH} + ∑ {(VDD-VOH) x IOH} + ∑(VOl x IOL) 2: PORTD and PORTE not available on the PIC16C745. † NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 123 PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 16-1: VALID OPERATING REGIONS. FREQUENCY ON FINT. -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C 5.5 V Voltage 5.25 V 4.35 V 4.0 V 24 MHz Frequency DS41124A-page 124 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 16.1 DC Characteristics: PIC16C745/765 (Commercial, Industrial) DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) +70°C for commercial Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units 4.35 – 5.25 V Conditions D001 VDD Supply Voltage D002* VDR RAM Data Retention Voltage (Note 1) – 1.5 – V D003 VPOR VDD Start Voltage to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal – VSS – V D004* D004A* SVDD VDD Rise Rate to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal 0.05 TBD – – – – D005 VBOR Brown-out Reset voltage trip point 3.65 – 4.35 V D010 D013 IDD Supply Current (Note 2, 4) TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD mA FINT = 24 MHz, VDD = 4.35V FINT = 24 MHz, VDD = 5.25V D020 D021 D021B IPD Power-down Current (Note 3, 4) TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD µA µA VDD = 4.35V VDD = 5.25V Module Differential Current (Note 5, 6) Watchdog Timer Brown-out Reset Capture Compare PWM Analog Not suspend mode Suspend mode Phase Lock Loop – – TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD 6.0 100 TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD 20 150 TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD µA µA µA µA µA µA µA WDTE bit set, VDD = 4.35V BODEN bit set, VDD = 5.0V 24 6 24 6 — — — — 24 6 24 6 MHz MHz MHz MHz D022* D022A* ∆IWDT ∆IBOR ∆ICCP ∆IA/D ∆IUSB ∆IUSB ∆PLL 1A FOSC HS oscillator operating freq. H4 oscillator operating freg. EC oscillator operating freq. E4 oscillator operating freq. See Figure 16-1 See section on Power-on Reset for details V/mS PWRT enabled (PWRTE bit clear) V/mS PWRT disabled (PWRTE bit set) See section on Power-on Reset for details Brown-out Reset is always active All temperatures All temperatures All temperatures All temperatures * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered without losing RAM data. 2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature also have an impact on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from rail to rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VDD, MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified. 3: The power-down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD and VSS. 4: Timer1 oscillator (when enabled) adds approximately 20 µA to the specification. This value is from characterization and is for design guidance only. This is not tested. 5: The ∆ current is the additional current consumed when this peripheral is enabled. This current should be added to the base IDD or IPD measurement. 6: Module differential currents measured at FINT = 24 MHz. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 125 PIC16C745/765 16.2 DC Characteristics: PIC16C745/765 (Commercial, Industrial) DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) +70°C for commercial Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Section 16.1 and Section 16.2 Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units VSS 0.8 V Conditions Input Low Voltage VIL I/O ports D030 D030A with TTL buffer VSS 0.2 VDD V D032 MCLR, OSC1 (in EC, E4 mode) VSS 0.2 VDD V D033 OSC1 (in HS, H4 mode) VSS 0.3 VDD V D031 with Schmitt Trigger buffer For entire VDD range Note 1 Input High Voltage VIH I/O ports 2.0 VDD V 0.8 VDD VDD V MCLR 0.8 VDD VDD V D042A OSC1 (HS, H4 mode) 0.7 VDD VDD V D043 OSC1 (in EC, E4 mode) 0.9 VDD VDD V I/O ports ±1 µA VSS ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD, Pin at hi-impedance D061 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI ±5 µA VSS ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD D063 OSC1 ±5 µA VSS ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD, HS osc mode IPURB PORTB weak pull-up current 50 250 400 µA VDD = 5V, VPIN = VSS AVIH D+ In D- In D+ Out D- Out D+ In D- In D+ Out D- Out V V V V V V V V D040 with TTL buffer D041 with Schmitt Trigger buffer D042 For entire VDD range Note 1 Input Leakage Current (Notes 2, 3) D060 D070 IIL AVOH AVIL AVOL *These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: In EC oscillator mode, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. 2: The leakage current on the MCLR/VPP pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages. 3: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin. DS41124A-page 126 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 DC Characteristics: PIC16C745/765 (Commercial, Industrial) (CONTINUED) DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C for commercial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Section 16.1 and Section 16.2 Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions I/O ports 0.6 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 4.35V, -40°C to +85°C OSC2/CLKOUT (EC, E4 osc mode) 0.6 V IOL = 1.6 mA, VDD = 4.35V, -40°C to +85°C I/O ports (Note 3) VDD-0.7 V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 4.35V, -40°C to +85°C OSC2/CLKOUT (EC osc mode) VDD-0.7 V IOH = -1.3 mA, VDD = 4.35V, -40°C to +85°C 10.5 V RA4 pin 15 pF In HS mode when external clock is used to drive OSC1. Output Low Voltage D080 VOL D083 Output High Voltage D090 VOH D092 D150* VOD Open-Drain High Voltage Capacitive Loading Specs on Output Pins D100 COSC2 OSC2 pin D101 CIO All I/O pins and OSC2 (in EC mode) 50 pF CVUSB Vusb regulation capacitor .01 µF + 20% *These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: In EC oscillator mode, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. 2: The leakage current on the MCLR/VPP pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages. 3: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 127 PIC16C745/765 16.3 AC (Timing) Characteristics 16.3.1 TIMING PARAMETER SYMBOLOGY The timing parameter symbols have been created following one of the following formats: 1. TppS2ppS 2. TppS T F Frequency T Time Lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings: pp cc CCP1 osc OSC1 ck CLKOUT rd RD cs CS rw RD or WR di SDI sc SCK do SDO ss SS dt Data in t0 T0CKI io I/O port t1 T1CKI mc MCLR wr WR Uppercase letters and their meanings: S F Fall P Period H High R Rise I Invalid (Hi-impedance) V Valid L Low Z Hi-impedance DS41124A-page 128 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 16.3.2 TIMING CONDITIONS The temperature and voltages specified in Table 16-1 apply to all timing specifications unless otherwise noted. Figure 16-2 specifies the load conditions for the timing specifications. TABLE 16-1: TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS - AC AC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C for commercial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Section 16.1 and Section 16.2. LC parts operate for commercial/industrial temperatures only. FIGURE 16-2: LOAD CONDITIONS FOR DEVICE TIMING SPECIFICATIONS Load condition 2 Load condition 1 VDD/2 RL CL Pin VSS CL Pin VSS RL = 464Ω CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSC2/CLKOUT and USB pins, but including D and E(1) outputs as ports CL = 15 pF for OSC2 output Note 1: PIC16C765 only. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 129 PIC16C745/765 16.3.3 TIMING DIAGRAMS AND SPECIFICATIONS FIGURE 16-3: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 OSC1 3 1 3 4 4 2 CLKOUT FIGURE 16-4: CLOCK MULTIPLIER (PLL) PHASE RELATIONSHIP OSC1/ CLKIN FINT Note 1: FINT represents the internal clock signal. FINT equals FOSC or CLKIN if the PLL is disabled. FINT equals 4x FOSC or 4x CLKIN if the PLL is enabled. TCY is always 4/FINT. FINT is OSC1 pin in EC mode, PLL disabled. 2: FINT = OSC1 in EC mode with PLL disabled. DS41124A-page 130 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 TABLE 16-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS Param No. Sym Characteristic 1A FOSC 1 TOSC Min Typ† External CLKIN Frequency (Note 1) 24 — 24 MHz EC osc mode 6 — 6 MHz E4 osc mode Oscillator Frequency (Note 1) 24 — 24 MHz HS osc mode 6 — 6 MHz H4 osc mode External CLKIN Period (Note 1) Oscillator Period (Note 1) Max Units Conditions 41 — 41 ns EC osc modes 167 — 167 ns E4 osc mode 41 — 41 ns HS osc modes 167 — 167 ns H4 osc mode 2 TCY Instruction Cycle Time (Note 1) 167 — DC ns TCY = 4/FINT 3* TOSL, TOSH External Clock in (OSC1) High or Low Time TBD — — ns EC oscillator 4* TOSR, TOSF External Clock in (OSC1) Rise or Fall Time TBD — 25 ns EC oscillator * These parameters are characterized but not tested. †Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time-base period when the PLL is enabled, or the input oscillator time-base period divided by 4 when the PLL is disabled. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min.” values with an external clock applied to the OSC1/CLKIN pin. When an external clock input is used, the “Max.” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 131 PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 16-5: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING Q1 Q4 Q2 Q3 FINT 11 10 CLKOUT 13 14 19 12 18 16 I/O Pin (input) 15 17 I/O Pin (output) new value old value 20, 21 Note: Refer to Figure 16-2 for load conditions. TABLE 16-3: Param No. CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS Sym Characteristic 10* TOSH2CKL OSC1↑ to CLKOUT↓ — 75 200 ns Note 1 11* TOSH2CKH OSC1↑ to CLKOUT↑ — 75 200 ns Note 1 12* TCKR CLKOUT rise time — 35 100 ns Note 1 13* TCKF CLKOUT fall time — 35 100 ns Note 1 14* TCKL2IOV CLKOUT ↓ to Port out valid — — 0.5 TCY + 20 ns Note 1 15* TIOV2CKH Port in valid before CLKOUT ↑ TOSC + 200 — — ns Note 1 16* TCKH2IOI Port in hold after CLKOUT ↑ 0 — — ns Note 1 17* TOSH2IOV OSC1↑ (Q1 cycle) to Port out valid — 50 150 ns 18* TOSH2IOI OSC1↑ (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid (I/O in hold time) 100 — — ns 200 — — ns 18A* Min Typ† Max Units 19* TIOV2OSH Port input valid to OSC1↑ (I/O in setup time) 0 — — ns 20* TIOR Port output rise time — 10 40 ns — — 80 ns — 10 40 ns — — 80 ns 20A* 21* TIOF Port output fall time 21A* 22††* TINP INT pin high or low time TCY — — ns 23††* TRBP RB<7:4> change INT high or low time TCY — — ns Conditions * These parameters are characterized but not tested. †Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. ††These parameters are asynchronous events not related to any internal clock edge. Note 1: Measurements are taken in EC Mode where CLKOUT output is 4 x TOSC. 2: FINT = OSC1 when PLL DS41124A-page 132 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 16-6: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP TIMER TIMING VDD MCLR 30 Internal POR 33 PWRT Time-out 32 OSC Time-out Internal RESET Watchdog Timer RESET 31 34 34 I/O Pins Note: Refer to Figure 16-2 for load conditions. FIGURE 16-7: BROWN-OUT RESET TIMING BVDD VDD 35 TABLE 16-4: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER, AND BROWN-OUT RESET REQUIREMENTS Param No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions 30 TMCL MCLR Pulse Width (low) 2 — — µs VDD = 5V, -40°C to +85°C 31* TWDT Watchdog Timer Time-out Period (No Prescaler) 7 18 33 ms VDD = 5V, -40°C to +85°C 32 TOST Oscillation Start-up Timer Period — 1024 TOSC — — TOSC = OSC1 period 33* TPWRT Power-up Timer Period 28 72 132 ms VDD = 5V, -40°C to +85°C 34 TIOZ I/O Hi-impedance from MCLR Low or WDT reset — — 2.1 µs 35 TBOR Brown-out Reset Pulse Width 100 — — µs VDD ≤ BVDD (D005) * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 133 PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 16-8: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS T0CKI 41 40 42 T1OSO/T1CKI 46 45 47 48 TMR0 or TMR1 Note: Refer to Figure 16-2 for load conditions. TABLE 16-5: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS Param Sym No. Characteristic 40* T0CKI High Pulse Width TT0H Min No Prescaler TT0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width — — ns 10 — — ns 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns 10 — — ns TCY + 40 — — ns With Prescaler Greater of: 20 or TCY + 40 N — — ns N = prescale value (2, 4,..., 256) Must also meet parameter 47 No Prescaler With Prescaler 42* 45* 46* 47* TT0P TT1H TT1L TT1P T0CKI Period No Prescaler T1CKI High Time Synchronous, Prescaler = 1 T1CKI Low Time T1CKI input period Units Conditions 0.5 TCY + 20 With Prescaler 41* Typ† Max 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns Synchronous, Prescaler = 2,4,8 15 — — ns 25 — — ns Asynchronous 30 — — ns 50 — — ns Synchronous, Prescaler = 1 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns Synchronous, Prescaler = 2,4,8 15 — — ns 25 — — ns Asynchronous 30 — — ns 50 — — ns — — ns Synchronous Greater of: 30 OR TCY + 40 N FT1 48 Timer1 oscillator input frequency range (oscillator enabled by setting bit T1OSCEN) TCKEZTMR1 Delay from external clock edge to timer increment 60 Must also meet parameter 42 Must also meet parameter 47 N = prescale value (1, 2, 4, 8) N = prescale value (1, 2, 4, 8) Greater of: 50 OR TCY + 40 N Asynchronous Must also meet parameter 42 — — ns 100 — — ns DC — 200 kHz 2Tosc — 7Tosc — * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. DS41124A-page 134 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 16-9: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM TIMINGS (CCP1 AND CCP2) CCPx (Capture Mode) 50 51 52 CCPx (Compare or PWM Mode) 53 54 Note: Refer to Figure 16-2 for load conditions. TABLE 16-6: Param No. 50* Sym CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM REQUIREMENTS (CCP1 AND CCP2) Characteristic TCCL CCP1 and CCP2 input low time Min No Prescaler With Prescaler 51* TCCH CCP1 and CCP2 input high time No Prescaler With Prescaler 52* TCCP CCP1 and CCP2 input period 53* TCCR CCP1 and CCP2 output rise time 54* TCCF CCP1 and CCP2 output fall time Typ† Max Units Conditions 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns 10 — — ns 20 — — ns 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns 10 — — ns 20 — — ns 3 TCY + 40 N — — ns — 10 25 ns — 25 45 ns — 10 25 ns — 25 45 ns N = prescale value (1,4, or 16) * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 135 PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 16-10: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT TIMING (PIC16C745/765) RE2/CS RE0/RD RE1/WR 65 RD<7:0> 62 64 63 Note: Refer to Figure 16-2 for load conditions. TABLE 16-7: Param No. PARALLEL SLAVE PORT REQUIREMENTS Sym Characteristic 62* TDTV2WRH Data in valid before WR↑ or CS↑ (setup time) 63* TWRH2DTI WR↑ or CS↑ to data–in invalid (hold time) Min Typ† Max Units 20 — — ns 20 — — ns 35 — — ns 64 TRDL2DTV RD↓ and CS↓ to data–out valid — — 80 ns 65* TRDH2DTI RD↑ or CS↑ to data–out invalid 10 — 30 ns Conditions *These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. DS41124A-page 136 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 16-11: USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING RC6/TX/CK pin 121 121 RC7/RX/DT pin 120 122 Note: Refer to Figure 16-2 for load conditions. TABLE 16-8: Param No. 120* 121* USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION REQUIREMENTS Sym Characteristic TCKH2DTV SYNC XMIT (MASTER & SLAVE) Clock high to data out valid — — 80 ns — — 100 ns Clock out rise time and fall time (Master Mode) — — 45 ns — — 50 ns — — 45 ns — — 50 ns TCKRF 122* Min Data out rise time and fall time TDTRF Typ† Max Units Conditions *These parameters are characterized but not tested. †Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. FIGURE 16-12: USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING RC6/TX/CK pin 125 RC7/RX/DT pin 126 Note: Refer to Figure 16-2 for load conditions. TABLE 16-9: Param No. 125* 126* USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE REQUIREMENTS Sym Characteristic TDTV2CKL SYNC RCV (MASTER & SLAVE) Data setup before CK ↓ (DT setup time) 15 — — ns Data hold after CK ↓ (DT hold time) 15 — — ns TCKL2DTL Min Typ† Max Units Conditions *These parameters are characterized but not tested. †Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 137 PIC16C745/765 TABLE 16-10: A/D CONVERTER CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16C745/765 (COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL) Param No. Sym Characteristic A01 NR Resolution — — 8 bits bit A02 EABS Total Absolute error — — <±1 LSb VREF = VDD = 5.12V, VSS ≤ VAIN ≤ VREF A03 EIL Integral linearity error — — <±1 LSb VREF = VDD = 5.12V, VSS ≤ VAIN ≤ VREF A04 EDL Differential linearity error — — <±1 LSb VREF = VDD = 5.12V, VSS ≤ VAIN ≤ VREF A05 EFS Full scale error — — <±1 LSb VREF = VDD = 5.12V, VSS ≤ VAIN ≤ VREF A06 EOFF Offset error — — <±1 LSb VREF = VDD = 5.12V, VSS ≤ VAIN ≤ VREF A10 — Monotonicity (Note 3) — guaranteed — — A20 VREF Reference voltage 2.5V — VDD + 0.3 V A25 VAIN Analog input voltage VSS - 0.3 — VREF + 0.3 V A30 ZAIN Recommended impedance of analog voltage source — — 10.0 kΩ A40 IAD A/D conversion current (VDD) — 180 — µA — 90 — µA 10 — 1000 µA — — 10 µA A50 IREF * † Note 1: 2: 3: VREF input current (Note 2) Min Typ† Max Units Conditions VSS ≤ VAIN ≤ VREF Average current consumption when A/D is on. (Note 1) During VAIN acquisition. Based on differential of VHOLD to VAIN to charge CHOLD, see Section 12.1. During A/D Conversion cycle These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. When A/D is off, it will not consume any current other than minor leakage current. The power-down current spec includes any such leakage from the A/D module. VREF current is from the RA3 pin or the VDD pin, whichever is selected as a reference input. The A/D conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing codes. DS41124A-page 138 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 16-13: A/D CONVERSION TIMING BSF ADCON0, GO 134 1 TCY (TOSC/2) (1) 131 Q4 130 A/D CLK 132 7 A/D DATA 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NEW_DATA OLD_DATA ADRES ADIF GO DONE SAMPLING STOPPED SAMPLE If the A/D clock source is selected as RC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed. Note: TABLE 16-11: A/D CONVERSION REQUIREMENTS Param No. 130 Sym Characteristic TAD A/D clock period Min Typ† Max Units Conditions 1.6 — — µs TOSC based, VREF ≥ 3.0V 2.0 — — µs TOSC based, 2.5V ≤ VREF ≤ 5.5V 2.0 4.0 6.0 µs A/D RC Mode 3.0 6.0 9.0 µs A/D RC Mode 131 TCNV Conversion time (not including S/H time) (Note 1) 11 — 11 TAD 132 TACQ Acquisition time 5* — — µs The minimum time is the amplifier settling time. This may be used if the “new” input voltage has not changed by more than 1 LSb (i.e., 20.0 mV @ 5.12V) from the last sampled voltage (as stated on CHOLD). 134 TGO Q4 to A/D clock start — TOSC/2 — — If the A/D clock source is selected as RC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed. 135 TSWC Switching from convert → sample time * † Note 1: 2: 1.5 § — — TAD These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. ADRES register may be read on the following TCY cycle. See Section 12.1 for min conditions. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 139 PIC16C745/765 FIGURE 16-14: MAXIMUM INPUT WAVEFORM TIMING SPECIFICATIONS 66.7ns 6MHz RSRC Pin V 60ns min 4.6V -1.0V RSRC = 39Ω ± 2% 4ns min 20ns max 4ns min 20ns max Note 1: The D+/D- signals can withstand a continuous short to VBUS, GND, cable shield or any other signal. FIGURE 16-15: USB LOW SPEED SIGNALING Data Differential Lines 90% 90% 72 10% 10% 71 70 TABLE 16-12: USB AC AND DC SPECIFICATIONS Parameter Sym No. Characteristic Min TYP† Max Units 70 TLR Transition Rise Time 75 300 ns 71 TLF Transition Fall Time 75 300 ns 72 VCRS Crossover Voltage 1.3 2.0 V TLRFM Rise and Fall Time Matching 80 125 % VIL Voltage Input Low VIH Voltage Input High VIHZ Voltage Input High Floating 2.7 Differential Input Sensitivity 0.2 0.8 2.0 V V 3.6 V V Differential Common Mode Range 0.8 2.5 V VOL Voltage Output Low 0.0 0.3 V VOH Voltage Output High 2.8 3.6 V VUSB USB Voltage Output 2.7 3.6 V DS41124A-page 140 Conditions Advanced Information (D+)-(D-) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 17.0 DC AND AC CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS AND TABLES Graphs and Tables not available at this time. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 141 PIC16C745/765 NOTES: DS41124A-page 142 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 18.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION 18.1 Package Marking Information 28-Lead PDIP (Skinny DIP) Example MMMMMMMMMMMM XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYMMNNN PIC16C745/SP 9917017 Example 28-Lead SOIC MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYMMNNN PIC16C745/SO 9917017 28-Lead CERDIP Windowed Example XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN Legend: MM...M XX...X YY WW NNN Note: * PIC16C745/JW 9905017 Microchip part number information Customer specific information* Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year) Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’) Alphanumeric traceability code In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will be carried over to the next line thus limiting the number of available characters for customer specific information. Standard OTP marking consists of Microchip part number, year code, week code, facility code, mask rev#, and assembly code. For OTP marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. Please check with your Microchip Sales Office. For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP price. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 143 PIC16C745/765 Package Marking Information (Cont’d) 40-Lead PDIP Example MMMMMMMMMMMMMM XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYMMNNN 44-Lead TQFP MMMMMMMM XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX YYMMNNN 44-Lead PLCC MMMMMMMM XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX YYMMNNN DS41124A-page 144 PIC16C765/P 9917017 Example PIC16C765/PT 9917017 Example PIC16C765/L 9917017 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 28-Lead Skinny Plastic Dual In-line (SP) – 300 mil (PDIP) E1 D 2 n 1 α E A2 A L c β B1 A1 eB p B Units Dimension Limits n p MIN INCHES* NOM 28 .100 .150 .130 MAX MILLIMETERS NOM 28 2.54 3.56 3.81 3.18 3.30 0.38 7.62 7.94 7.09 7.80 34.16 34.67 3.18 3.30 0.20 0.29 1.02 1.33 0.41 0.48 8.13 8.89 5 10 5 10 MIN Number of Pins Pitch Top to Seating Plane A .140 .160 Molded Package Thickness A2 .125 .135 Base to Seating Plane A1 .015 Shoulder to Shoulder Width E .300 .313 .325 Molded Package Width E1 .279 .307 .335 Overall Length D 1.345 1.365 1.385 Tip to Seating Plane L .125 .130 .135 c Lead Thickness .008 .012 .015 Upper Lead Width B1 .040 .053 .065 Lower Lead Width B .016 .019 .022 Overall Row Spacing eB .320 .350 .430 α Mold Draft Angle Top 5 10 15 β Mold Draft Angle Bottom 5 10 15 *Controlling Parameter Notes: Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010” (0.254mm) per side. JEDEC Equivalent: MO-095 Drawing No. C04-070 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information MAX 4.06 3.43 8.26 8.51 35.18 3.43 0.38 1.65 0.56 10.92 15 15 DS41124A-page 145 PIC16C745/765 28-Lead Plastic Small Outline (SO) – Wide, 300 mil (SOIC) E E1 p D B 2 1 n h α 45° c A2 A φ β L Units Dimension Limits n p A1 MIN INCHES* NOM 28 .050 .099 .091 .008 .407 .295 .704 .020 .033 4 .011 .017 12 12 MAX MILLIMETERS NOM 28 1.27 2.36 2.50 2.24 2.31 0.10 0.20 10.01 10.34 7.32 7.49 17.65 17.87 0.25 0.50 0.41 0.84 0 4 0.23 0.28 0.36 0.42 0 12 0 12 MIN Number of Pins Pitch Overall Height A .093 .104 Molded Package Thickness A2 .088 .094 Standoff A1 .004 .012 Overall Width E .394 .420 Molded Package Width E1 .288 .299 Overall Length D .695 .712 Chamfer Distance h .010 .029 Foot Length L .016 .050 φ Foot Angle Top 0 8 c Lead Thickness .009 .013 Lead Width B .014 .020 α Mold Draft Angle Top 0 15 β Mold Draft Angle Bottom 0 15 *Controlling Parameter Notes: Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010” (0.254mm) per side. JEDEC Equivalent: MS-013 Drawing No. C04-052 DS41124A-page 146 Advanced Information MAX 2.64 2.39 0.30 10.67 7.59 18.08 0.74 1.27 8 0.33 0.51 15 15 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 28-Lead Ceramic Dual In-line with Window (JW) – 600 mil (CERDIP) E1 W D 2 n 1 E A2 A L c eB Units Dimension Limits n p Number of Pins Pitch Top to Seating Plane Ceramic Package Height Standoff Shoulder to Shoulder Width Ceramic Pkg. Width Overall Length Tip to Seating Plane Lead Thickness Upper Lead Width Lower Lead Width Overall Row Spacing Window Diameter *Controlling Parameter JEDEC Equivalent: MO-103 Drawing No. C04-013 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. B1 A1 A A2 A1 E E1 D L c B1 B eB W p B MIN .170 .155 .015 .595 .514 1.430 .125 .008 .050 .016 .610 .270 INCHES* NOM 28 .100 .185 .160 .038 .600 .520 1.460 .138 .010 .058 .020 .660 .280 MAX .200 .165 .060 .625 .526 1.490 .150 .012 .065 .023 .710 .290 Advanced Information MILLIMETERS NOM 28 2.54 4.32 4.70 3.94 4.06 0.38 0.95 15.11 15.24 13.06 13.21 36.32 37.08 3.18 3.49 0.20 0.25 1.27 1.46 0.41 0.51 15.49 16.76 6.86 7.11 MIN MAX 5.08 4.19 1.52 15.88 13.36 37.85 3.81 0.30 1.65 0.58 18.03 7.37 DS41124A-page 147 PIC16C745/765 40-Lead Plastic Dual In-line (P) – 600 mil (PDIP) E1 D α 2 1 n E A2 A L c β B1 A1 eB p B Units Dimension Limits n p MIN INCHES* NOM 40 .100 .175 .150 MAX MILLIMETERS NOM 40 2.54 4.06 4.45 3.56 3.81 0.38 15.11 15.24 13.46 13.84 51.94 52.26 3.05 3.30 0.20 0.29 0.76 1.27 0.36 0.46 15.75 16.51 5 10 5 10 MIN Number of Pins Pitch Top to Seating Plane A .160 .190 Molded Package Thickness A2 .140 .160 Base to Seating Plane A1 .015 Shoulder to Shoulder Width E .595 .600 .625 Molded Package Width E1 .530 .545 .560 Overall Length D 2.045 2.058 2.065 Tip to Seating Plane L .120 .130 .135 c Lead Thickness .008 .012 .015 Upper Lead Width B1 .030 .050 .070 Lower Lead Width B .014 .018 .022 Overall Row Spacing eB .620 .650 .680 α Mold Draft Angle Top 5 10 15 β Mold Draft Angle Bottom 5 10 15 *Controlling Parameter Notes: Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010” (0.254mm) per side. JEDEC Equivalent: MO-011 Drawing No. C04-016 DS41124A-page 148 Advanced Information MAX 4.83 4.06 15.88 14.22 52.45 3.43 0.38 1.78 0.56 17.27 15 15 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 44-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT) 10x10x1 mm Body, 1.0/0.10 mm Lead Form (TQFP) E E1 #leads=n1 p D1 D 2 1 B n CH x 45 ° α A c φ β L A1 A2 (F) Units Dimension Limits n p Number of Pins Pitch Pins per Side Overall Height Molded Package Thickness Standoff Foot Length Footprint (Reference) Foot Angle Overall Width Overall Length Molded Package Width Molded Package Length Lead Thickness Lead Width Pin 1 Corner Chamfer Mold Draft Angle Top Mold Draft Angle Bottom n1 A A2 A1 L (F) φ E D E1 D1 c B CH α β MIN .039 .037 .002 .018 0 .463 .463 .390 .390 .004 .012 .025 5 5 INCHES NOM 44 .031 11 .043 .039 .004 .024 .039 3.5 .472 .472 .394 .394 .006 .015 .035 10 10 MAX .047 .041 .006 .030 7 .482 .482 .398 .398 .008 .017 .045 15 15 MILLIMETERS* NOM 44 0.80 11 1.00 1.10 0.95 1.00 0.05 0.10 0.45 0.60 1.00 0 3.5 11.75 12.00 11.75 12.00 9.90 10.00 9.90 10.00 0.09 0.15 0.30 0.38 0.64 0.89 5 10 5 10 MIN MAX 1.20 1.05 0.15 0.75 7 12.25 12.25 10.10 10.10 0.20 0.44 1.14 15 15 *Controlling Parameter Notes: Dimensions D1 and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010” (0.254mm) per side. JEDEC Equivalent: MS-026 Drawing No. C04-076 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 149 PIC16C745/765 44-Lead Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier (L) – Square (PLCC) E E1 #leads=n1 D1 D n 1 2 CH1 x 45 ° CH2 x 45° α A3 A2 35° A B1 B c β A1 p E2 D2 Units Dimension Limits n p INCHES* NOM 44 .050 11 .165 .173 .145 .153 .028 .020 .024 .029 .040 .045 .000 .005 .685 .690 .685 .690 .650 .653 .650 .653 .590 .620 .590 .620 .008 .011 .026 .029 .013 .020 0 5 0 5 MIN MAX MILLIMETERS NOM 44 1.27 11 4.19 4.39 3.68 3.87 0.71 0.51 0.61 0.74 1.02 1.14 0.00 0.13 17.40 17.53 17.40 17.53 16.51 16.59 16.51 16.59 14.99 15.75 14.99 15.75 0.20 0.27 0.66 0.74 0.33 0.51 0 5 0 5 MIN Number of Pins Pitch Pins per Side n1 Overall Height A .180 .160 Molded Package Thickness A2 .035 Standoff A1 A3 Side 1 Chamfer Height .034 Corner Chamfer 1 CH1 .050 Corner Chamfer (others) CH2 .010 Overall Width E .695 Overall Length D .695 Molded Package Width E1 .656 Molded Package Length D1 .656 Footprint Width E2 .630 Footprint Length D2 .630 c Lead Thickness .013 Upper Lead Width B1 .032 Lower Lead Width B .021 α Mold Draft Angle Top 10 β Mold Draft Angle Bottom 10 *Controlling Parameter Notes: Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010” (0.254mm) per side. JEDEC Equivalent: MO-047 Drawing No. C04-048 DS41124A-page 150 Advanced Information MAX 4.57 4.06 0.89 0.86 1.27 0.25 17.65 17.65 16.66 16.66 16.00 16.00 0.33 0.81 0.53 10 10 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 INDEX A C A/D ADCON0 Register ..................................................... 89 Analog Input Model Block Diagram............................. 92 Analog-to-Digital Converter......................................... 89 Block Diagram ........................................................... 91 Configuring Analog Port Pins .................................... 93 Configuring the Interrupt ............................................ 91 Configuring the Module ............................................. 91 Conversion Clock ...................................................... 93 Conversions .............................................................. 93 Converter Characteristics ........................................ 138 Effects of a Reset ...................................................... 94 Faster Conversion - Lower Resolution Tradeoff ........ 93 Internal Sampling Switch (Rss) Impedance .............. 92 Operation During Sleep ............................................. 94 Sampling Requirements ............................................ 92 Source Impedance .................................................... 92 Timing Diagram ....................................................... 139 Using the CCP Trigger .............................................. 94 Absolute Maximum Ratings ............................................. 123 ADRES Register ......................................................... 17, 89 Application Notes AN552, Implementing Wake-up on Key Strokes Using PIC16CXXX ............................................................... 33 AN556, Table Reading Using PIC16CXX ................. 29 AN607, Power-up Trouble Shooting .......................... 99 Architecture Overview ..................................................................... 9 Assembler MPASM Assembler ................................................. 117 B Baud Rate Formula ........................................................... 77 Block Diagrams A/D ............................................................................ 91 Analog Input Model ................................................... 92 Capture ...................................................................... 53 Compare .................................................................... 54 On-Chip Reset Circuit ............................................... 98 PORTC ...................................................................... 35 PORTD (In I/O Port Mode) ........................................ 37 PORTD and PORTE as a Parallel Slave Port ........... 40 PORTE (In I/O Port Mode) ........................................ 38 PWM .......................................................................... 54 RA4/T0CKI Pin .......................................................... 31 RB Port Pins .............................................................. 33 RB Port Pins .............................................................. 33 Timer0/WDT Prescaler .............................................. 43 Timer2 ....................................................................... 49 USART Receive ........................................................ 81 USART Transmit ....................................................... 79 Watchdog Timer ...................................................... 106 BOR bit .............................................................................. 99 BRGH bit ........................................................................... 77 Brown-out Reset (BOR) Timing Diagram ....................................................... 133 Buffer Descriptor Table ...................................................... 68 C bit ................................................................................... 22 Capture/Compare/PWM Capture Block Diagram ................................................... 53 CCP1CON Register .......................................... 52 CCP1IF ............................................................. 53 Mode ................................................................. 53 Prescaler ........................................................... 53 CCP Timer Resources .............................................. 51 Compare Block Diagram ................................................... 54 Mode ................................................................. 54 Software Interrupt Mode ................................... 54 Special Event Trigger ........................................ 54 Special Trigger Output of CCP1 ....................... 54 Special Trigger Output of CCP2 ....................... 54 Interaction of Two CCP Modules .................... 51 Section ...................................................................... 51 Special Event Trigger and A/D Conversions ............. 54 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) PWM Block Diagram ................................................. 54 PWM Mode ............................................................... 54 Timing Diagram ....................................................... 135 CCP1CON ......................................................................... 19 CCP2CON ......................................................................... 19 CCPR1H Register ............................................... 17, 19, 51 CCPR1L Register ....................................................... 19, 51 CCPR2H Register ...................................................... 17, 19 CCPR2L Register ....................................................... 17, 19 Clocking Scheme .............................................................. 13 Code Examples Call of a Subroutine in Page 1 from Page 0 .............. 29 Changing Prescaler (Timer0 to WDT) ....................... 44 Indirect Addressing ................................................... 30 Initializing PORTA ..................................................... 31 Code Protection ....................................................... 95, 108 Computed GOTO .............................................................. 29 Configuration Bits .............................................................. 95 Control ............................................................................... 60 CREN bit ........................................................................... 76 CS pin ............................................................................... 40 D DC bit ................................................................................ 22 DC Characteristics ........................................ 125, 126, 127 Development Support ................................................ 5, 117 Direct Addressing .............................................................. 30 E EC Oscillator ................................................................... 100 Electrical Characteristics ................................................. 123 Endpoint ............................................................................ 70 Errata .................................................................................. 3 Error .................................................................................. 63 F FERR bit ............................................................................ 76 FSR Register ................................................ 17, 18, 20, 30 G General Description ............................................................ 5 GIE bit ............................................................................. 103 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 151 PIC16C745/765 I K I/O Ports ............................................................................ 31 PORTA ...................................................................... 31 PORTB ...................................................................... 33 PORTC ...................................................................... 35 PORTD ............................................................... 37, 40 PORTE ...................................................................... 38 In-Circuit Serial Programming .................................. 95, 108 INDF ........................................................................... 19, 20 INDF Register ...................................................... 17, 18, 30 Indirect Addressing ............................................................ 30 Instruction Cycle ................................................................ 13 Instruction Flow/Pipelining ................................................. 13 Instruction Format ............................................................ 109 Instruction Set ADDLW .................................................................... 111 ADDWF ................................................................... 111 ANDLW .................................................................... 111 ANDWF ................................................................... 111 BCF ......................................................................... 111 BSF .......................................................................... 111 BTFSC ..................................................................... 112 BTFSS ..................................................................... 112 CALL ........................................................................ 112 CLRF ....................................................................... 112 CLRW ...................................................................... 112 CLRWDT ................................................................. 112 COMF ...................................................................... 113 DECF ....................................................................... 113 DECFSZ .................................................................. 113 GOTO ...................................................................... 113 INCF ........................................................................ 113 INCFSZ .................................................................... 113 IORLW ..................................................................... 114 IORWF ..................................................................... 114 MOVF ...................................................................... 114 MOVLW ................................................................... 114 MOVWF ................................................................... 114 NOP ......................................................................... 114 RETFIE .................................................................... 115 RETLW .................................................................... 115 RETURN .................................................................. 115 RLF .......................................................................... 115 RRF ......................................................................... 115 SLEEP ..................................................................... 115 SUBLW .................................................................... 116 SUBWF .................................................................... 116 SWAPF .................................................................... 116 XORLW ................................................................... 116 XORWF ................................................................... 116 Summary Table ....................................................... 110 Instruction Set Summary ................................................. 109 INT Interrupt .................................................................... 105 INTCON ............................................................................. 20 INTCON Register .............................................................. 24 INTEDG bit ...................................................................... 105 Internal Sampling Switch (Rss) Impedance ....................... 92 Interrupts .................................................................. 95, 103 PortB Change .......................................................... 105 RB Port Change ........................................................ 33 TMR0 ....................................................................... 105 IRP bit ................................................................................ 22 KeeLoq Evaluation and Programming Tools ................ 120 DS41124A-page 152 L Loading of PC ................................................................... 29 M MCLR ....................................................................... 97, 100 Memory Data Memory ............................................................. 15 Program Memory ...................................................... 15 Program Memory Maps PIC16C745/765 ................................................ 15 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software 117 O OERR bit ........................................................................... 76 OPCODE ......................................................................... 109 OPTION Register .............................................................. 23 OSC selection ................................................................... 95 Oscillator E4 .............................................................................. 96 EC ............................................................................. 96 H4 .............................................................................. 96 HS .................................................................... 96, 100 Oscillator Configurations ................................................... 96 Output of TMR2 ................................................................. 49 P Packaging ....................................................................... 143 Paging, Program Memory ................................................. 29 Parallel Slave Port ...................................................... 37, 40 Parallel Slave Port (PSP) Timing Diagram ....................................................... 136 PCL Register ....................................................... 17, 18, 29 PCLATH .......................................................................... 101 PCLATH Register ......................................... 17, 18, 20, 29 PCON Register ........................................................... 28, 99 PD bit ......................................................................... 22, 97 PICDEM-1 Low-Cost PICmicro Demo Board .................. 119 PICDEM-2 Low-Cost PIC16CXX Demo Board ............... 119 PICDEM-3 Low-Cost PIC16CXXX Demo Board ............. 119 PICSTART Plus Entry Level Development System ..... 119 PIE1 Register .................................................................... 25 PIE2 Register .................................................................... 27 Pinout Descriptions PIC16C745/765 ......................................................... 11 PIR1 Register .................................................................... 26 PIR2 Register .................................................................... 27 POP ................................................................................... 29 POR .................................................................................. 99 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) ......................... 95, 99 Power Control Register (PCON) ............................... 99 Power-on Reset (POR) ............................. 95, 99, 101 Power-up Timer (PWRT) ........................................... 95 Power-Up-Timer (PWRT) .......................................... 99 TO ............................................................................. 97 POR bit .............................................................................. 99 Port RB Interrupt ............................................................. 105 PORTA ..................................................................... 20, 101 PORTA Register ......................................................... 17, 31 PORTB ..................................................................... 20, 101 PORTB Register ......................................................... 17, 33 PORTC ..................................................................... 20, 101 PORTC Register ........................................................ 17, 35 PORTD ..................................................................... 20, 101 PORTD Register ........................................................ 17, 37 PORTE ..................................................................... 20, 101 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 PORTE Register ......................................................... 17, 38 Power-down Mode (SLEEP) ............................................ 107 Power-on Reset (POR) Timing Diagram......................................................... 133 PR2 Register .............................................................. 18, 49 PRO MATE II Universal Programmer ........................... 119 Product Identification System .......................................... 159 Program Counter PCLATH Register .................................................... 105 Program Memory Paging ....................................................................... 29 Program Memory Maps PIC16C745/765 ......................................................... 15 Program Verification ........................................................ 108 PSPMODE bit ...................................................... 37, 38, 40 PUSH ................................................................................. 29 R RBIF bit ..................................................................... 33, 105 RCREG ................................................................................ 9 RCSTA Register ......................................................... 19, 76 RD pin ................................................................................ 40 Register File ...................................................................... 15 Registers FSR Summary ........................................................... 19 INDF Summary .......................................................... 19 INTCON Summary .................................................... 19 PCL Summary ........................................................... 19 PCLATH Summary .................................................... 19 PORTB Summary ...................................................... 19 Reset Conditions ..................................................... 100 Special Function Register Summary ......................... 17 STATUS Summary .................................................... 19 TMR0 Summary ........................................................ 19 TRISB Summary ....................................................... 20 Reset .......................................................................... 95, 97 Timing Diagram ....................................................... 133 Reset Conditions for Special Registers ........................... 100 RP0 bit ........................................................................ 15, 22 RP1 bit ............................................................................... 22 RX9 bit ............................................................................... 76 RX9D bit ............................................................................ 76 S SEEVAL Evaluation and Programming System ........... 120 Services One-Time-Programmable (OTP) ................................. 7 Quick-Turnaround-Production (QTP) .......................... 7 Serialized Quick-Turnaround Production (SQTP) ....... 7 SLEEP ........................................................................ 95, 97 Software Simulator (MPLAB-SIM) ................................... 118 SPBRG Register ................................................................ 18 Special Features of the CPU ............................................. 95 Special Function Registers ................................................ 17 PIC16C745/765 ......................................................... 17 SPEN bit ............................................................................ 76 SREN bit ............................................................................ 76 SSPBUF ............................................................................ 19 Stack .................................................................................. 29 Overflows .................................................................. 29 Underflow .................................................................. 29 Status ................................................................................ 64 STATUS Register ..................................................... 22, 105 Synchronous Serial Port Module ....................................... 57 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. T T1CKPS0 bit ..................................................................... 45 T1CKPS1 bit ..................................................................... 45 T1CON .............................................................................. 20 T1CON Register ......................................................... 19, 45 T1OSCEN bit .................................................................... 45 T1SYNC bit ....................................................................... 45 T2CKPS0 bit ..................................................................... 49 T2CKPS1 bit ..................................................................... 49 T2CON Register ......................................................... 19, 49 TAD .................................................................................... 93 Timer0 RTCC ...................................................................... 101 Timing Diagram ....................................................... 134 Timer1 Timing Diagram ....................................................... 134 Timers Timer0 ....................................................................... 43 External Clock ................................................... 44 Interrupt ............................................................. 43 Prescaler ........................................................... 44 Prescaler Block Diagram .................................. 43 T0CKI ................................................................ 44 T0IF ................................................................. 105 TMR0 Interrupt ................................................ 105 Timer1 Asynchronous Counter Mode ........................... 47 Capacitor Selection ........................................... 47 Operation in Timer Mode .................................. 46 Oscillator ........................................................... 47 Prescaler ........................................................... 47 Resetting of Timer1 Registers .......................... 47 Resetting Timer1 using a CCP Trigger Output . 47 Synchronized Counter Mode ............................ 46 T1CON .............................................................. 45 TMR1H .............................................................. 47 TMR1L .............................................................. 47 Timer2 Block Diagram ................................................... 49 Module .............................................................. 49 Postscaler ......................................................... 49 Prescaler ........................................................... 49 T2CON .............................................................. 49 Timing Diagrams USART Asynchronous Master Transmission ............ 80 USART Asynchronous Reception ............................. 81 USART Synchronous Reception ............................... 86 USART Synchronous Transmission .......................... 84 Wake-up from Sleep via Interrupt .................. 104, 108 Timing Diagrams and Specifications ............................... 130 A/D Conversion ....................................................... 139 Brown-out Reset (BOR) .......................................... 133 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) ............................... 135 CLKOUT and I/O ..................................................... 132 External Clock ......................................................... 130 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) .............................. 133 Parallel Slave Port (PSP) ........................................ 136 Power-up Timer (PWRT) ......................................... 133 Reset ....................................................................... 133 Timer0 and Timer1 .................................................. 134 USART Synchronous Receive ( Master/Slave) ....... 137 USART Synchronous Transmission ( Master/Slave) ........................................................ 137 Watchdog Timer (WDT) .......................................... 133 TMR0 ................................................................................ 20 TMR0 Register .................................................................. 17 TMR1CS bit ....................................................................... 45 Advanced Information DS41124A-page 153 PIC16C745/765 TMR1H .............................................................................. 20 TMR1H Register ................................................................ 17 TMR1L ............................................................................... 20 TMR1L Register ................................................................ 17 TMR1ON bit ....................................................................... 45 TMR2 ................................................................................. 20 TMR2 Register .................................................................. 17 TMR2ON bit ....................................................................... 49 TO bit ................................................................................. 22 TOUTPS0 bit ..................................................................... 49 TOUTPS1 bit ..................................................................... 49 TOUTPS2 bit ..................................................................... 49 TOUTPS3 bit ..................................................................... 49 TRISA Register ........................................................... 18, 31 TRISB Register ........................................................... 18, 33 TRISC Register .......................................................... 18, 35 TRISD Register .......................................................... 18, 37 TRISE Register .................................................... 18, 38, 39 TXREG .............................................................................. 19 TXSTA Register ................................................................. 75 U Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART) .......................................... 75 USART Asynchronous Mode .................................................. 79 Asynchronous Receiver ............................................. 81 Asynchronous Reception ........................................... 82 Asynchronous Transmitter ......................................... 79 Baud Rate Generator (BRG) ..................................... 77 Receive Block Diagram ............................................. 81 Sampling .................................................................... 77 Synchronous Master Mode ........................................ 83 Timing Diagram, Synchronous Receive .......... 137 Timing Diagram, Synchronous Transmission .. 137 Synchronous Master Reception ................................ 85 Synchronous Master Transmission ........................... 83 Synchronous Slave Mode .......................................... 87 Synchronous Slave Reception .................................. 87 Synchronous Slave Transmit ..................................... 87 Transmit Block Diagram ............................................ 79 USB ....................................................... 21, 58, 60, 61, 62 USB Address Register ....................................................... 66 USB Control Register ........................................................ 65 USB Endpoint Control Register........................................... 67 UV Erasable Devices ........................................................... 7 W W Register ....................................................................... 105 Wake-up from SLEEP ..................................................... 107 Watchdog Timer (WDT) ............................ 95, 97, 100, 106 Timing Diagram ....................................................... 133 WDT ................................................................................ 100 Block Diagram ......................................................... 106 Period ...................................................................... 106 Programming Considerations .................................. 106 Timeout .................................................................... 101 WR pin ............................................................................... 40 WWW, On-Line Support ...................................................... 3 Z Z bit .................................................................................... 22 DS41124A-page 154 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 ON-LINE SUPPORT Systems Information and Upgrade Hot Line Microchip provides on-line support on the Microchip World Wide Web (WWW) site. The web site is used by Microchip as a means to make files and information easily available to customers. To view the site, the user must have access to the Internet and a web browser, such as Netscape or Microsoft Explorer. Files are also available for FTP download from our FTP site. The Systems Information and Upgrade Line provides system users a listing of the latest versions of all of Microchip’s development systems software products. Plus, this line provides information on how customers can receive any currently available upgrade kits.The Hot Line Numbers are: 1-800-755-2345 for U.S. and most of Canada, and 1-480-786-7302 for the rest of the world. Connecting to the Microchip Internet Web Site 981103 The Microchip web site is available by using your favorite Internet browser to attach to: www.microchip.com The file transfer site is available by using an FTP service to connect to: ftp://ftp.microchip.com The web site and file transfer site provide a variety of services. Users may download files for the latest Development Tools, Data Sheets, Application Notes, User’s Guides, Articles and Sample Programs. A variety of Microchip specific business information is also available, including listings of Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory representatives. Other data available for consideration is: • Latest Microchip Press Releases • Technical Support Section with Frequently Asked Questions • Design Tips • Device Errata • Job Postings • Microchip Consultant Program Member Listing • Links to other useful web sites related to Microchip Products • Conferences for products, Development Systems, technical information and more • Listing of seminars and events 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Trademarks: The Microchip name, logo, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART, PICMASTER and PRO MATE are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. FlexROM, MPLAB and fuzzyLAB are trademarks and SQTP is a service mark of Microchip in the U.S.A. All other trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective companies. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 155 PIC16C745/765 READER RESPONSE It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip product. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (480) 786-7578. Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this Data Sheet. To: Technical Publications Manager RE: Reader Response Total Pages Sent From: Name Company Address City / State / ZIP / Country Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________ FAX: (______) _________ - _________ Application (optional): Would you like a reply? Device: PIC16C745/765 Y N Literature Number: DS41124A Questions: 1. What are the best features of this document? 2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs? 3. Do you find the organization of this data sheet easy to follow? If not, why? 4. What additions to the data sheet do you think would enhance the structure and subject? 5. What deletions from the data sheet could be made without affecting the overall usefulness? 6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)? 7. How would you improve this document? 8. How would you improve our software, systems, and silicon products? DS41124A-page 156 Advanced Information 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16C745/765 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office. PART NO. Device X Temperature Range /XX XXX Package Pattern Device PIC16C745(1), PIC16C745T(2) PIC16C765(1), PIC16C765T(2) Temperature Range blank I = 0°C to = -40°C to Package JW PT SO SP P L = = = = = = Pattern QTP Code or Special Requirements (blank otherwise) 70°C +85°C (Commercial) (Industrial) Examples: a) PIC16C745/P 301 = Commercial temp., PDIP package, 6 MHz, QTP pattern #301. Note 1: Note 2: C T = CMOS = in tape and reel - SOIC, PLCC, TQFP, packages only. Windowed CERDIP - 600 mil TQFP (Thin Quad Flatpack) SOIC Skinny plastic dip PDIP PLCC * JW Devices are UV erasable and can be programmed to any device configuration. JW Devices meet the electrical requirement of each oscillator type. Sales and Support Data Sheets Products supported by a preliminary Data Sheet may have an errata sheet describing minor operational differences and recommended workarounds. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please contact one of the following: 1. 2. 3. Your local Microchip sales office The Microchip Corporate Literature Center U.S. FAX: (480) 786-7277 The Microchip Worldwide Site (www.microchip.com) Please specify which device, revision of silicon and Data Sheet (include Literature #) you are using. New Customer Notification System Register on our web site (www.microchip.com/cn) to receive the most current information on our products. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc. Advanced Information DS41124A-page 157 WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE AMERICAS AMERICAS (continued) Corporate Office Toronto Singapore Microchip Technology Inc. 2355 West Chandler Blvd. Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 Tel: 480-786-7200 Fax: 480-786-7277 Technical Support: 480-786-7627 Web Address: http://www.microchip.com Microchip Technology Inc. 5925 Airport Road, Suite 200 Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1W1, Canada Tel: 905-405-6279 Fax: 905-405-6253 Microchip Technology Singapore Pte Ltd. 200 Middle Road #07-02 Prime Centre Singapore 188980 Tel: 65-334-8870 Fax: 65-334-8850 Atlanta Microchip Asia Pacific Unit 2101, Tower 2 Metroplaza 223 Hing Fong Road Kwai Fong, N.T., Hong Kong Tel: 852-2-401-1200 Fax: 852-2-401-3431 Microchip Technology Inc. 500 Sugar Mill Road, Suite 200B Atlanta, GA 30350 Tel: 770-640-0034 Fax: 770-640-0307 Boston Microchip Technology Inc. 5 Mount Royal Avenue Marlborough, MA 01752 Tel: 508-480-9990 Fax: 508-480-8575 Chicago Microchip Technology Inc. 333 Pierce Road, Suite 180 Itasca, IL 60143 Tel: 630-285-0071 Fax: 630-285-0075 Dallas Microchip Technology Inc. 4570 Westgrove Drive, Suite 160 Addison, TX 75248 Tel: 972-818-7423 Fax: 972-818-2924 Dayton Microchip Technology Inc. Two Prestige Place, Suite 150 Miamisburg, OH 45342 Tel: 937-291-1654 Fax: 937-291-9175 Detroit Microchip Technology Inc. Tri-Atria Office Building 32255 Northwestern Highway, Suite 190 Farmington Hills, MI 48334 Tel: 248-538-2250 Fax: 248-538-2260 Los Angeles Microchip Technology Inc. 18201 Von Karman, Suite 1090 Irvine, CA 92612 Tel: 949-263-1888 Fax: 949-263-1338 New York Microchip Technology Inc. 150 Motor Parkway, Suite 202 Hauppauge, NY 11788 Tel: 631-273-5305 Fax: 631-273-5335 San Jose Microchip Technology Inc. 2107 North First Street, Suite 590 San Jose, CA 95131 Tel: 408-436-7950 Fax: 408-436-7955 ASIA/PACIFIC Hong Kong ASIA/PACIFIC (continued) Taiwan, R.O.C Microchip Technology Taiwan 10F-1C 207 Tung Hua North Road Taipei, Taiwan, ROC Tel: 886-2-2717-7175 Fax: 886-2-2545-0139 EUROPE Beijing United Kingdom Microchip Technology, Beijing Unit 915, 6 Chaoyangmen Bei Dajie Dong Erhuan Road, Dongcheng District New China Hong Kong Manhattan Building Beijing 100027 PRC Tel: 86-10-85282100 Fax: 86-10-85282104 Arizona Microchip Technology Ltd. 505 Eskdale Road Winnersh Triangle Wokingham Berkshire, England RG41 5TU Tel: 44 118 921 5858 Fax: 44-118 921-5835 India Denmark Microchip Technology Inc. India Liaison Office No. 6, Legacy, Convent Road Bangalore 560 025, India Tel: 91-80-229-0061 Fax: 91-80-229-0062 Microchip Technology Denmark ApS Regus Business Centre Lautrup hoj 1-3 Ballerup DK-2750 Denmark Tel: 45 4420 9895 Fax: 45 4420 9910 Japan France Microchip Technology Intl. Inc. Benex S-1 6F 3-18-20, Shinyokohama Kohoku-Ku, Yokohama-shi Kanagawa 222-0033 Japan Tel: 81-45-471- 6166 Fax: 81-45-471-6122 Arizona Microchip Technology SARL Parc d’Activite du Moulin de Massy 43 Rue du Saule Trapu Batiment A - ler Etage 91300 Massy, France Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20 Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79 Korea Germany Microchip Technology Korea 168-1, Youngbo Bldg. 3 Floor Samsung-Dong, Kangnam-Ku Seoul, Korea Tel: 82-2-554-7200 Fax: 82-2-558-5934 Arizona Microchip Technology GmbH Gustav-Heinemann-Ring 125 D-81739 München, Germany Tel: 49-89-627-144 0 Fax: 49-89-627-144-44 Shanghai Arizona Microchip Technology SRL Centro Direzionale Colleoni Palazzo Taurus 1 V. Le Colleoni 1 20041 Agrate Brianza Milan, Italy Tel: 39-039-65791-1 Fax: 39-039-6899883 Microchip Technology RM 406 Shanghai Golden Bridge Bldg. 2077 Yan’an Road West, Hong Qiao District Shanghai, PRC 200335 Tel: 86-21-6275-5700 Fax: 86 21-6275-5060 Italy 11/15/99 Microchip received QS-9000 quality system certification for its worldwide headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and Tempe, Arizona in July 1999. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures are QS-9000 compliant for its PICmicro® 8-bit MCUs, KEELOQ® code hopping devices, Serial EEPROMs and microperipheral products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001 certified. All rights reserved. © 1999 Microchip Technology Incorporated. Printed in the USA. 11/99 Printed on recycled paper. Information contained in this publication regarding device applications and the like is intended for suggestion only and may be superseded by updates. No representation or warranty is given and no liability is assumed by Microchip Technology Incorporated with respect to the accuracy or use of such information, or infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights arising from such use or otherwise. Use of Microchip’s products as critical components in life support systems is not authorized except with express written approval by Microchip. No licenses are conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any intellectual property rights. The Microchip logo and name are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Inc. in the U.S.A. and other countries. All rights reserved. All other trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective companies. 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.